Auditor
Content
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
BusinessObjects Auditor 6.1 Windows and UNIX
2
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Copyright
No part of the computer software or this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from Business Objects S.A. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. If you find any problems with this documentation, please report them to Business Objects S.A. in writing at [email protected]. Business Objects S.A. does not warrant that this document is error free. Copyright © Business Objects S.A. 2003. All rights reserved. Printed in France.
Trademarks
The Business Objects logo, WebIntelligence, BusinessQuery, the Business Objects tagline, BusinessObjects, BusinessObjects Broadcast Agent, Rapid Mart, Set Analyzer, Personal Trainer, and Rapid Deployment Template are trademarks or registered trademarks of Business Objects S.A. in the United States and/or other countries. Contains IBM Runtime Environment for AIX(R), Java(TM) 2 Technology Edition Runtime Modules (c) Copyright IBM Corporation 1999, 2000. All Rights Reserved. This product includes code licensed from RSA Security, Inc. Some portions licensed from IBM are available at http://oss.software.ibm.com/icu4j. All other company, product, or brand names mentioned herein, may be the trademarks of their respective owners.
Use restrictions
This software and documentation is commercial computer software under Federal Acquisition regulations, and is provided only under the Restricted Rights of the Federal Acquisition Regulations applicable to commercial computer software provided at private expense. The use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions set forth in subdivision (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.2277013. U.S. Patent Numbers 5,555,403, 6,247,008, and 6,578,027. 397-50-610-01
Patents Part Number
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
3
Contents
Preface Maximizing Your Information Resources 7 Information resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Useful addresses at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 About this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Part I Administering Auditor Chapter 1 Introducing BusinessObjects Auditor 17
What you can do with Auditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Auditor components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 The Audit facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Chapter 2 Setting Up and Removing Auditor 23
Installing Auditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Configuring Auditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Setting privileges for an Auditor-dedicated Designer user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Exporting universes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Exporting predefined indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Monitoring multiple clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Restoring predefined indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Removing Auditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Chapter 3 Setting Access Rights 63
Access rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Contents
4
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Chapter 4
Universes, Classes and Objects
71
Universe structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Universes and analytical categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Predefined vs. custom-made universes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Broadcast Agent analysis universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Repository analysis universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Universe domain analysis universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 System information universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Part II Using Auditor Chapter 5 Using Predefined Indicators 131
Predefined indicators available with Auditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 User Information category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Document Management category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Universe Management category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Broadcast Agent category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 System Information category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Chapter 6 Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators 159
Universes, classes, and objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Access rights for indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Creating indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Modifying indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Publishing indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Saving indicators in Auditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Deleting indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Exercise: Creating a new indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Contents
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
5
Chapter 7
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
177
How do I monitor the use of Business Objects products? . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 How do I track Broadcast Agent usage? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 How do I find out which machines are accessing my system? . . . . . . . . . 187 Can I detect fraud with Auditor? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 How do I monitor login information? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 How do I monitor the load on my server? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 How do I track the most requested documents? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 How do I track the least/most popular documents? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 How do I monitor universe hits? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 How do I use AUDITOR for billing? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 How do I perform impact analysis? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Index 199
Contents
6
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Contents
Maximizing Your Information Resources
preface
8
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Overview
Information, services, and solutions
The Business Objects business intelligence solution is supported by thousands of pages of documentation, available from the products, on the Internet, on CD, and by extensive online help systems and multimedia. Packed with in-depth technical information, business examples, and advice on troubleshooting and best practices, this comprehensive documentation set provides concrete solutions to your business problems. Business Objects also offers a complete range of support and services to help maximize the return on your business intelligence investment. See in the following sections how Business Objects can help you plan for and successfully meet your specific technical support, education, and consulting requirements.
Maximizing Your Information Resources
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
9
Information resources
Whatever your Business Objects profile, we can help you quickly access the documentation and other information you need.
Where do I start?
Below are a few suggested starting points; there is a summary of useful web addresses on page 12. Documentation Roadmap The Documentation Roadmap references all Business Objects guides and multimedia, and lets you see at a glance what information is available, from where, and in what format. View or download the Business Objects Documentation Roadmap at www.businessobjects.com/services/documentation.htm Documentation from the products You can access electronic documentation at any time from the product you are using. Online help, multimedia, and guides in Adobe PDF format are available from the product Help menus. Documentation on the web The full electronic documentation set is available to customers with a valid maintenance agreement on the Online Customer Support (OCS) website at www.businessobjects.com/services/support.htm Buy printed documentation You can order printed documentation through your local sales office, or from the online Business Objects Documentation Supply Store at www.businessobjects.com/services/documentation.htm Search the Documentation CD Search across the entire documentation set on the Business Objects Documentation CD shipped with our products. This CD brings together the full set of documentation, plus tips, tricks, multimedia tutorials, and demo materials. Order the Documentation CD online, from the Business Objects Documentation Supply Store, or from your local sales office.
Information resources
10
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Multimedia Are you new to Business Objects? Are you upgrading from a previous release or expanding, for example, from our desktop to our web solution? Try one of our multimedia quick tours or Getting Started tutorials. All are available via the Online Customer Support (OCS) website or on the Documentation CD.
How can I get the most recent documentation?
You can get our most up-to-date documentation via the web. Regularly check the sites listed below for the latest documentation, samples, and tips. Tips & Tricks Open to everyone, this is a regularly updated source of creative solutions to any number of business questions. You can even contribute by sending us your own tips. www.businessobjects.com/forms/tipsandtricks_login.asp Product documentation We regularly update and expand our documentation and multimedia offerings. With a valid maintenance agreement, you can get the latest documentation – in seven languages – on the Online Customer Support (OCS) website. Developer Suite Online Developer Suite Online provides documentation, samples, and tips to those customers with a valid maintenance agreement and a Developer Suite license via the Online Customer Support (OCS) website.
Send us your feedback
Do you have a suggestion on how we can improve our documentation? Is there something you particularly like or have found useful? Drop us a line, and we will do our best to ensure that your suggestion is included in the next release of our documentation: [email protected]
NOTE
If your issue concerns a Business Objects product and not the documentation, please contact our Customer Support experts. For information about Customer Support visit: www.businessobjects.com/services/support.htm
Maximizing Your Information Resources
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
11
Services
A global network of Business Objects technology experts provides customer support, education, and consulting to ensure maximum business intelligence benefit to your business.
How we can support you?
Business Objects offers customer support plans to best suit the size and requirements of your deployment. We operate three global customer support centers: • Americas: San Jose, California and Atlanta, Georgia • Europe: Maidenhead, United Kingdom • Asia: Tokyo, Japan and Sydney, Australia Online Customer Support Our Customer Support website is open to all direct customers with a current maintenance agreement, and provides the most up-to-date Business Objects product and technical information. You can log, update, and track cases from this site using the Business Objects Knowledge Base.
Having an issue with the product?
Have you exhausted the troubleshooting resources at your disposal and still not found a solution to a specific issue? For support in deploying Business Objects products, contact Worldwide Customer Support at: www.businessobjects.com/services/support.htm
Looking for the best deployment solution for your company?
Business Objects consultants can accompany you from the initial analysis stage to the delivery of your deployment project. Expertise is available in relational and multidimensional databases, in connectivities, database design tools, customized embedding technology, and more. For more information, contact your local sales office, or contact us at: www. businessobjects.com/services/consulting.htm
Looking for training options?
From traditional classroom learning to targeted e-learning seminars, we can offer a training package to suit your learning needs and preferred learning style. Find more information on the Business Objects Education website: www.businessobjects.com/services/education.htm
Services
12
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Useful addresses at a glance
Address
Business Objects Documentation www.businessobjects.com/services/ documentation.htm
Content
Overview of Business Objects documentation. Links to Online Customer Support, Documentation Supply Store, Documentation Roadmap, Tips & Tricks, Documentation mailbox.
Business Objects Documentation mailbox [email protected] Product documentation www.businessobjects.com/services/ support.htm
Feedback or questions about documentation.
The latest Business Objects product documentation, to download or view online.
Business Objects product information Information about the full range of Business Objects products. www.businessobjects.com Developer Suite Online www.techsupport.businessobjects.com Knowledge Base (KB) www.techsupport.businessobjects.com Available to customers with a valid maintenance agreement and a Developer Suite license via the Online Customer Support (OCS) website. Provides all the documentation, latest samples, kits and tips. Technical articles, documents, case resolutions. Also, use the Knowledge Exchange to learn what challenges other users – both customers and employees – face and what strategies they find to address complex issues. From the Knowledge Base, click the Knowledge Exchange link. Practical business-focused examples.
Tips & Tricks www.businessobjects.com/forms/ tipsandtricks_login.asp
Maximizing Your Information Resources
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
13
Address Online Customer Support www.techsupport.businessobjects.com
Content
Starting point for answering questions, resolving issues. Information about registering with Worldwide Customer Support. The range of Business Objects training options and modules.
www.businessobjects.com/services Business Objects Education Services www.businessobjects.com/services/ education.htm
Business Objects Consulting Services Information on how Business Objects can help maximize your business intelligence investment. www.businessobjects.com/services/ consulting.htm
Useful addresses at a glance
14
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
About this guide
This guide describes BusinessObjects Auditor. The first part of this guide, Administering Auditor, describes how to set up, configure and administer an Auditor deployment. It is designed for Business Objects system administrators and supervisors. The second part of the guide, Using Auditor, describes how to use Auditor to analyze Business Objects user and system activity. It is designed for the IT administrators in charge of monitoring and tuning the Business Objects deployment.
NOTE
This guide replaces the BusinessObjects Auditor Administrator’s Guide and the BusinessObjects Auditor User’s Guide.
Conventions used in this guide
The conventions used in this guide are described in the table below. Convention This font Indicates Code, SQL syntax, computer programs. For example: @Select(Country\Country Id). This font is also used for all paths, directories, scripts, commands and files for UNIX. Placed at the end of a line of code, the symbol ( ) indicates that the next line should be entered continuously with no carriage return.
Some code more code
$DIRECTORYPATHNAME The path to a directory in the Business Objects installation/configuration directory structure. For example: • $INSTALLDIR refers to the Business Objects installation directory. • $LOCDATADIR refers to a subdirectory of the BusinessObjects installation directory called locData.
Maximizing Your Information Resources
Administering Auditor
part
Introducing BusinessObjects Auditor
chapter
18
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Overview
BusinessObjects Auditor is a web-based product that allows you to monitor and analyze user and system activity for WebIntelligence, InfoView, BusinessObjects in 3-tier mode and Broadcast Agent, then display the results on a user-friendly web interface. This information provides valuable insight into your Business Objects deployment, enabling you to optimize your Business Intelligence solution.
NOTE
In this guide, “Auditor” is a shortened form of the full product name, BusinessObjects Auditor. Auditor is built on the existing Business Objects technology and server infrastructure, taking advantage of their ease of use, security, scalability, and extensibility.
Introducing BusinessObjects Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
19
What you can do with Auditor
Auditor enables you to determine which users are using a particular Business Objects system, how often they are using it, and what data they are accessing. You can use Auditor to: • monitor your Business Intelligence system by examining user activity, access rights, resource information pertaining to the use of documents and universes, as well as system information such as response time, Broadcast Agent details, and server load • analyze system trends over daily, weekly, and monthly periods • delete or modify unused objects and reports, in order to provide users with easier and quicker access to essential information • accelerate analysis by using the Favorites and Dashboard features, which give you direct access to the queries you want to see • optimize your data warehouse and speed up refresh actions by tracking frequently-used queries Auditor can help identify situations where aggregate tables or additional indexes can be used. • generate new billing opportunities by highlighting the most popular reports
What you can do with Auditor
20
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Auditor components
Auditor contains the following components: • indicators that enable you to monitor and analyze • analytical categories (and subcategories) by which indicators are classified • universes on top of which indicators are built
Indicators
Auditor uses predefined indicators to give you quick access to the information you need in order to monitor, analyze, and optimize your Business Objects deployment. These indicators are delivered as part of the Auditor package. Predefined indicators cover a wide range of useful data. They are your key to information such as: • which users are accessing and utilizing your system • the most popular reports and universes • reports impacted by changing an object Each indicator contains one or more reports that focus on a very specific area of analysis; for example, the Average Refresh Time indicator, which shows the average refresh time (in seconds) for all documents, broken down by document name, user, document type, and node. You can modify the existing indicators, and then save the modified indicators. For monitoring and analysis that is even more finely tuned to your unique system, you can create your own indicators.
Categories
The analytical categories organize the Business Objects deployment into practical areas of analysis. There are five categories: • User Information • Document Management • Universe Management • Broadcast Agent • System Information Each category has a number of subcategories, which further organize indicators for ease of access, pointing you directly to the information you want.
Introducing BusinessObjects Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
21
Universes
Auditor is delivered with a set of predefined universes that facilitate monitoring and analysis activities. These universes are designed and tested to provide you with an effective set of reporting options. Each universe provides an interface for different classes of database objects, permitting compatible objects to be used in building queries. For more information about universes and the classes and objects of which they are composed, see Universes, Classes and Objects on page 71.
Auditor components
22
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
The Audit facility
A key component in the Auditor environment is the Audit facility, which tracks crucial information relating to user and system activity. Each time any of 42 predefined events occurs, a record of the event is created and stored by the Audit facility. You can then retrieve and analyze the individual events. The Audit facility is part of the Business Objects system. You activate and administer it using the Administration Console.
The Audit facility has two modes for gathering and storing event records: • File mode Business Objects stores the user or system information in flat (*.log) files, which are saved to a directory of your choice. These text files can be viewed in the Administration Console or in a simple text editor, such as Notepad. • Database mode Business Objects stores the user or system information in the Audit database. Because of its complexity, information in Database mode normally is viewed and analyzed through the use of indicators in Auditor. However, this can also be performed in SQL, if no other solution is available. Auditor can access and present audited data only when Database mode is activated.
Introducing BusinessObjects Auditor
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
chapter
24
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Overview
This chapter describes: • Installing Auditor • Configuring Auditor • Setting privileges for an Auditor-dedicated Designer user • Exporting universes • Exporting predefined indicators • Monitoring multiple clusters • Restoring predefined indicators • Removing Auditor For the first five sections you should have the following guides close by for reference: • Designer’s Guide • Installation and Configuration for UNIX or •
• Installation and Configuration for Windows Supervisor’s Guide WebIntelligence User’s Guide
• •
installation and configuration documentation for the application server readme for BusinessObjects Enterprise 6
NOTE
If you are migrating Auditor to a new version of BusinessObjects, see Migrating from a Previous Version. For deployment information, see the Deployment Guide.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
25
Installing Auditor
To install Auditor you need to complete the following steps: 1. Requesting a connection to a database server 2. Installing the application and web servers 3. Installing the BusinessObjects Enterprise 6 product suite
Requesting a connection to a database server
The Audit database is located on the database server, and so you need a connection created. Only your database system administrator can do this for you, along with providing you user names and passwords that allow access to the database server. You will need this information for the section Configuring Auditor on page 26.
Installing the application and web servers
If you have a JSP deployment, you must install Java SDK, Tomcat, and Apache, before installing the BusinessObjects Enterprise 6 product suite. You can download the Java Development Kit (JDK), Apache, and Tomcat software from the Sun website: http://java.sun.com. Finding the latest news on versions supported by Business Objects You can find an up-to-date list of the application and web server versions supported by Business Objects in the Products Availability Report (PAR). To find this: 1. Go to www.techsupport.businessobjects.com. The Online Customer Support page appears. 2. Log in to the site. 3. In the Products tab, click the PAR link.
Installing Auditor
26
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Configuring Auditor
You need to complete the following steps to configure Auditor: 1. Configuring the web and application servers 2. Creating a data source for the Audit database 3. Creating the Audit repository 4. Setting up the Audit database
Configuring the web and application servers
Configuring the web and application servers on the host creates the following virtual directories for the applications: • http://<hostname>:<portname>/wijsp When the complete setup of Auditor is complete, this link provides access to the InfoView portal. • http://<hostname>:<portname>/wiadmin When the complete setup of Auditor is complete, this link provides access to the Administrative Console. • http://<hostname>:<portname>/auditor When the complete setup of Auditor is complete, this link provides access to Auditor. For complete configuration instructions, see the Business Objects installation and configuration guides for Windows and UNIX.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
27
Creating a data source for the Audit database
If you have not already created a data source, you must do so using the ODBC Administrator so that you can access your repository and audit database. To create a data source for the repository: 1. Select Start, Programs, Administrative Tools, Data Sources (ODBC). The ODBC Data Source Administrator dialog box appears. 2. Click the System DSN tab.
3. Click Add. The Create New Data Source dialog box appears.
Configuring Auditor
28
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
4. Select the driver for which you want to set up a data source and click Finish. If you select Oracle ODBC Driver, the Oracle8 ODBC Driver Setup dialog box appears.
If you select IBM DB2 ODBC Driver, the IBM DB2 Driver Add dialog box appears.
5. Enter the required information and click OK.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
29
Creating the Audit repository
You need to create a separate repository for the Audit database. Creating a separate Audit repository database is important for the following reasons: • Data from auditor reports will not be included in general usage reports. • Auditor activity will not slow down the repository used for other system activities. To use the Audit feature, various clusters can write to the same database and not share the same repository. However, for most Auditor predefined indicators, the audit data is analyzed against the repository data. For more information on repositories, see the Supervisor’s Guide. To create the Audit repository: 1. Click Start, Programs, Business Objects, Supervisor. The User ID dialog box appears.
2. Click Admin. The Administration Setup Wizard opens.
Configuring Auditor
30
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
3. Click Begin. The Choose Setup Configuration dialog box appears.
4. Do one of the following: - If you want are setting up a new Audit repository, select Run a default installation, and then click Next. - If you have migrated from a previous version of BusinessObjects, select Run a safe recovery, and then click Next. Skip to step 6. 5. Enter a name and password for the repository supervisor. Click Next. The Define the Repository Connection dialog box appears. 6. From the Select the network layer drop-down menu, select a network layer. Click Setup. The connection dialog box appears.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
31
7. From the Database engine drop-down menu select the engine for your connection. 8. Enter the user name, password, and database. Click Test. 9. If the test is not successful, verify that you have entered in the correct user, password, and database name. 10. If the test is successful, click OK, then Next. The Build the Repository dialog box appears if you are creating a new repository. Click Next. The Repository Access dialog box appears. If you are running a safe recovery, the Repository Access dialog box appears. 11. Select the location for the key file and either enter a new name or leave the default key name and click Next. If you are running a safe recovery, a dialog box may appear asking if you want to overwrite the existing key. Click Yes.
NOTE
You need to copy the .key file from: Business Objects\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\locdata to the following location: Business Objects\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\nodes\<hostname>\ mycluster\locdata
12. Click Finish. Supervisor opens.
Configuring Auditor
32
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Setting up the Audit database
Auditor delivers reports based on the system and user activity data stored in the Business Objects system’s Audit database and the repository. In order to be able to use the system’s audit information from Auditor, you must: • use Supervisor to set up a secured connection to an Audit-dedicated database • use the Administration Console to make sure that the system writes its audit information to that audit database Creating a secured connection for the Audit-dedicated database 1. In Supervisor, select Tools, Connections from the menu. 2. In the Name text box, type a name for the connection.
3. From the Database engine drop-down menu, select the database engine you are using. 4. In the Login Parameters section, enter the user name, password, and Audit database name. The user name and password are created for you by the system administrator for the server on which the Audit database is located.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
33
5. Click Test, to test the connection. 6. If the test is not successful, check that you entered in the correct information. If the test is successful, click OK.
The connection is listed in the Connections dialog box.
NOTE
If you need to create other connections: 1. In the Connections dialog box, click Add 2. Select the correct network layer and click OK. 3. Repeat steps 2 through 6.
Configuring Auditor
34
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
1. 2.
3.
4. 5.
Creating tables in the Audit database Start the BusinessObjects server, Tomcat, and Apache. To open the Administrative Console, do one of the following: - Click Start, Programs, Business Objects, Administrative Console 6.1. - Log in to http://<hostname>:<port number>/wiadmin The BusinessObjects Administrative Console login dialog box appears. Log in using the user name and password that have access to the Audit database. The Business Objects Administrator Console page appears. Click Audit. From the Audit database connection drop-down menu select the secured connection you just created in Supervisor.
6. If necessary, set the maximum audit information cache size and regularity with which the cache is emptied into the Audit database. For information on setting the cache parameters, see the System Administrator’s Guide. 7. Click Apply. The system verifies that the database tables exist. If they do not, an SQL script is executed to create them. For complete information about the Audit facility and how to configure it for use with Auditor, see the System Administrator’s Guides.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
35
Setting privileges for an Auditor-dedicated Designer user
Once you have set up the Audit database, you may want to allow another user, perhaps as your backup, the permission to export universes and predefined indicators. To create users with a Designer profile and the specific privileges required to export the universes and predefined indicators required for your Auditor deployment: 1. Click Start, Programs, Business Objects, Supervisor. 2. Create a new user and assign a profile. The following user rights need to be enabled: - Manage All corporate categories - Save to corporate documents - Manage personal categories - Save and read personal documents The following user rights need to be disabled: - Do not delete other users’ corporate documents
Setting privileges for an Auditor-dedicated Designer user
36
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Exporting universes
The Universe Exporter allows you to easily create domain connections and database views, and export the Auditor universes to your corporate repository. If you need to do these actions manually, the following sections can help you: • Manually exporting universes • Manually creating the database views
NOTE
You must: • be using Microsoft Office 2000 in order to use Universe Exporter. If you are not using Microsoft Office 2000, you need to export universes manually. See page 47. • have Designer installed on your machine in order to export the universes you require for using Auditor with your system.
Using the Universe Exporter
To launch the Universe Exporter: 1. Click Start, Business Objects, Auditor 6.1., Universe Exporter. A user identification dialog box appears.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
37
2. Enter the user name and password that have access rights to the Audit database, and click OK. This user name must have at least one Designer profile, because you need to export universes and create connections. The Universe Exporter appears.
The Universe Exporter contains the following tabs. Page name Welcome Security Universe Audit Export Description Explains what the Universe Exporter does Creates an OLEDB/ODBC connection for the Security domain, and creates the database views Creates an OLEDB/ODBC connection for the universe domain, and creates the database views Creates an OLEDB/ODBC connection for the Audit domain, and creates the database views For automatic export of the Auditor universes
Each tab corresponds to a specific stage or procedure that is described in the following sections. These procedures can be performed in any order, but you need to create the database views in the Security, Universe, and Audit tabs before you can successfully export documents.
Exporting universes
38
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Creating a connection to the domain The first time you use Universe Exporter you need to create a connection to the database, or perhaps you need to create a connection to a new Audit domain. This procedure applies in the Security, Universe, and Audit tabs. To create a connection to the database: 1. Click Start, Auditor 6.1., Universe Exporter. A user identification dialog box appears. 2. Enter the user name and password that have access rights to the Audit database, and click OK. This user name must have at least one Designer profile, because you need to export universes and create connections. The Universe Exporter appears. 3. Click the tab for the domain requiring a domain connection. 4. In the Data Source Name section, click New.
The Data Source Connection Editor dialog box appears.
5. Click the tab that corresponds to your type of database.
NOTE
For Sybase, use the ODBC tab and then select Sybase as the database. You can use the ODBC tab when you need to create an Oracle or IBM DB2 connection on a client that does not have OLE DB Oracle or IBM DB2.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
39
6. In the Name field, enter a unique name for the connection. 7. In the Data Source text box, enter: For... Oracle IBM DB2 SQL Server
NOTE
Data source Net Service Name Database Alias Database Name
For SQL Server, the server is the name of the machine that contains the database. 8. In the User ID text box, type the user name that has access rights to the Audit database. This user name must have at least one Designer profile for you to be able to create connections. 9. In the Password text box, type the password. 10. Click Test. If you do not receive notice that the server is responding, verify that you typed in the correct parameters and that the User ID has the permission in Supervisor to create this sort of connection. 11. Click OK. The tab reappears. In the Views section, a list of views is now available, with the Already in database? status of No.
NOTE
If you have migrated from a previous version of Business Objects, you need to delete any remaining views by selecting them in the Views list and clicking Delete and then recreating the views by clicking Create.
Exporting universes
40
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
12. To add these views to the database, click Create. All the views for the security domain are marked Yes in the Views area.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
41
Using the Security tab to manage database connections To launch the Universe Exporter: 1. Click Start, Business Objects, Auditor 6.1., Universe Exporter. A user identification panel appears. 2. Enter the user name and password that have access rights to the Audit database, and click OK. The user name must have at least one Designer profile for you to be able to export universes. The Universe Exporter appears. 3. Click the Security tab or Next on the Welcome page. The Security tab appears.
4. In the Data Source Name list, select a connection to your database. If you do not have a connection, see Creating a connection to the domain on page 38. Any views that already exist for the selected connection are marked Yes in the Views area.
NOTE
If you have migrated from a previous version of Business Objects, you need to delete any remaining views by selecting them in the Views list and clicking Delete and then recreating the views by clicking Create. 5. If you want to delete a view, select a view and click Delete. 6. Click Next to go to the Universe tab, or Finish to save all your changes.
Exporting universes
42
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Using the Universe tab to manage connections to universes 1. Click Start, Business Objects, Auditor 6.1., Universe Exporter. A user identification panel appears. 2. Enter the user name and password that have access rights to the Audit database, and click OK. The user name must have at least one Designer profile, because you need to export universes and create connections. The Universe Exporter appears. 3. Click the Universe tab in the Universe Exporter window. The Universe tab appears.
4. In the Data Source Name list, select a connection to your database. If you do not have a connection, see Creating a connection to the domain on page 38. Any views that already exist for the selected connection are marked Yes in the Views area.
NOTE
If you have migrated from a previous version of Business Objects, you need to delete any remaining views by selecting them in the Views list and clicking Delete and then recreating the views by clicking Create. 5. If you want to delete a view, select a view and click Delete. 6. Click Next to go to the Audit tab, or Finish to save your modifications.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
43
Using the Audit tab to manage connections to the Audit database 1. Click Start, Business Objects, Auditor 6.1., Universe Exporter. A user identification panel appears. 2. Enter the user name and password that have access rights to the Audit database, and click OK. The user name must have at least one Designer profile, because you need to export universes and create connections. The Universe Exporter appears. 3. Click the Audit tab in the Universe Exporter window. The Audit tab appears.
4. In the Data Source Name list, select a connection to your database. If you do not have a connection, see Creating a connection to the domain on page 38. Any views that already exist for the selected connection are marked Yes in the Views area.
NOTE
If you have migrated from a previous version of Business Objects, you need to delete any remaining views by selecting them in the Views list and clicking Delete and then recreating the views by clicking Create. 5. If you want to delete a view, select a view and click Delete. 6. Click Next to go to the Export tab, or Finish to save your modifications.
Exporting universes
44
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Using the Export tab to manage the export of specific universes From this tab, you can set the parameters to export the specific universes you wish to use with Auditor. These parameters include the universe’s: • security domain connection • universe domain connection • audit database connection • assigned user groups • destination universe domain Once you’ve defined these settings, the Export tab lets you trigger the export itself. 1. Click Start, Business Objects, Auditor 6.1., Universe Exporter. A user identification panel appears. 2. Enter the user name and password that have access rights to the Audit database, and click OK. The user name must have at least one Designer profile, because you need to export universes and create connections. The Universe Exporter appears. 3. Navigate to the Export tab either by clicking Next from the Audit tab, or by clicking the Export tab in the Universe Exporter window. The Export tab appears.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
45
4. Select a connection from the drop-down menu in the domain section for the domain that you want to use. If you need to add a connection, see Adding a new connection in the Export tab on page 46.
TIP To hide other connections that you did not create for the three domains, select the Filter BusinessObjects connections for previously defined connections box.
5. In the lower right corner of the Export tab, select the user group and domain to which the universes will be exported.
6. Click Export Universes. A summary of the universe export appears.
7. Click OK, then Finish.
NOTE
You can confirm that the universes have been exported by viewing the Universe page in Supervisor.
Exporting universes
46
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Adding a new connection in the Export tab 1. To add a new connection in the Export tab, click Add Connection. The Add a connection dialog box appears.
2. Select a network layer, then click OK. 3. Click the Login tab and enter the parameters for the new connection. 4. Click the Advanced tab and select Disconnect After Each Transaction.
5. Click OK. The connection is now available in the Export tab.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
47
Manually exporting universes
To manually export the Auditor universes: 1. Do either of the following: - Copy the *.unv files (BCA.unv, SECURITY.unv, UNIVERSE.unv and ACTIVITY.unv) to the machine running Designer. - Make them available to this machine by sharing them The files are located at: $INSTALLDIR\auditorData\Universes\Universes 2. Start Designer. 3. Enter your user name and password. Perform the remaining steps below for each universe: 4. Open a universe (*.unv) file. 5. Click File, Parameters. 6. In the Definition section, do either of the following: - Assign one of the existing secured connections to the universe. - Create a new secured connection (you must do this if there is no existing secured connection available). 7. Click OK. 8. Click File, Export. If you are prompted to save the universe before exporting it, click Continue. The Export Universe dialog box appears. 9. Select the relevant domain and group, and then click OK. If you previously exported this universe, you are prompted to overwrite the previous version. The suggested connections for the universes are: Universe Broadcast Agent Analysis Repository Analysis Universe Domain Analysis System Information Domain Security Security Universe Audit database Database Corporate repository Corporate repository Corporate repository Audit database
Exporting universes
48
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Manually creating the database views
If you do not want to automatically create the database views by using the Universe Exporter, follow the procedures below for creating them manually. The objects used in the universes are based on the views, and not directly on the repository or the Audit database tables. For each database, you must create five sets of views. A view is created by executing the script contained in an *.sql file. To create the database views: 1. Open an SQL session. 2. Execute the five scripts for your particular database. - For the xxx_activity_xxx.sql files, use the audit database. - For the xxx_bca_xxx.sql and xxx_security_xxx.sql files, use the security domain. - For the xxx_universe_xxx.sql files, use the universe domain. The following table shows the location and names of the *.sql files containing the scripts. Database Location of files Oracle $INSTALLDIR\ Universes\auditorData\ Views\ Oracle\ $INSTALLDIR\ Universes\auditorData\ Views\IBMDB2\ File names creviews_activity_ora.sql creviews_security_bca_ora.sql creviews_universe_ora.sql creviews_activity_db2udb.sql creviews_security_bca_db2udb.sql creviews_universe_db2udb.sql
IBM DB2
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
49
Exporting predefined indicators
The Document Exporter enables you to automatically export the Auditor documents (predefined indicators) to the corporate repository.
NOTE
The Business Objects server and Business Objects 6.1 must be running before you start the Document Exporter. If you cannot run Document Explorer, you can export these indicators manually. For instructions, see Manually exporting predefined indicators on page 52.
Accessing the Document Exporter in UNIX
1. At the command prompt, go to: <$INSTALLDIR>/tools/ With a standard Business Objects deployment the path would be: BOBJ/Enterprise6/tools/ 2. To open document explorer type: ./DocumentExporter.sh
Exporting predefined indicators
50
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Exporting documents with the Document Exporter
1. Click Start, Programs, Business Objects, Auditor 6.1, Document Exporter. The Document Exporter login dialog box appears.
2. Enter the Auditor user name and password. To export documents, you must ensure that the Auditor user name and password have the correct privileges. See Setting privileges for an Auditordedicated Designer user on page 35. 3. Click OK. The BusinessObjects Auditor 6.1 Document Exporter dialog box appears.
The Document Name column shows all the documents that are delivered with Auditor. Documents already exported to the Corporate and Personal areas are marked “Y” in the In Corporate and In Personal columns, respectively.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
51
4. Select the document domain in the drop-down list near the top of the dialog box. 5. For each document that you want to export, select its box in the Document Selection column. - To select all the documents, click All. (Click None to deselect them.) - To select only the documents that have not already been published to your Corporate area, click Not in Corporate. - To select only the documents that have not already been published to your Personal area, click Not in Personal. 6. If you select the Publish the selected document to option, do either or both of the following: - To export the selected documents to the Corporate area, select the Corporate list type check box, and then choose a user group. - To export the selected documents to your Personal area, select the Personal list type check box. 7. Click Apply. When the documents are successfully exported, they are marked “Y” in the In Corporate and/or In Personal columns. 8. When you are finished exporting documents, click Exit. To remove documents with Document Exporter, go to Removing the documents on page 61.
Exporting predefined indicators
52
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Manually exporting predefined indicators To manually export the Auditor predefined indicators: 1. Create a temporary folder on your computer. 2. Copy into this folder all of the documents in: $INSTALLDIR\auditorData\Documents 3. Select all of the documents. 4. Click File, Properties.
5. De-activate the Read-only attribute and click OK.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
53
6. Refer to the file input.txt located in the Documents file for the correct document category and keyword.
The input.txt document lists the information in the following sequence: <document name>, <keyword>, <category> 7. Select Start, Programs, Business Objects, BusinessObjects Enterprise 6. The BusinessObjects panel opens. If the New Report Wizard dialog box appears, click Cancel. 8. Select File, Open. Select all of the documents in the temporary report folder then click OK.
TIP Select all of the documents in a specific category. That way you publish all of the se documents at the same time to Corporate Documents.
Exporting predefined indicators
54
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
9. Click File, Properties.
10. In the Keywords text box, type the keyword for the documents. 11. Click File, Publish to. The Send dialog box opens. 12. Click Categories. The Select Categories dialog box appears.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
55
13. Click Manage. The Categories dialog box appears.
14. Click Add. A new folder appears, with an empty space for the category name.
15. Type a name for the category, for example Document Management. Click OK. The Send dialog box reappears. 16. Next to the Document(s) to Send section, click Add. The Add Documents dialog box appears with a list of the documents open in BusinessObjects.
Exporting predefined indicators
56
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
17. Select the documents that belong in the Document Category you created. Click OK to return to the Send dialog box, and OK again to publish the documents. 18. To verify that the documents were published correctly, select File, Retrieve from, Corporate Documents. The Retrieve dialog box appears. The documents you imported are listed.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
57
Monitoring multiple clusters
You can use Auditor to monitor multiple clusters, with no administrative overhead. To set up the system to do this, you connect to the Administration Console for each cluster to be monitored, and set the Audit database connection to the same database in the Audit page.
EXAMPLE Setting up the monitoring of multiple clusters
You want Auditor to monitor oracleCluster1, oracleCluster2 and db2Cluster1. Having already set up the Audit database and its connection: 1. Click Start, Programs, Business Objects, Administration Console 6.1 The Administration Console appears. 2. In the Administration Console on Cluster1’s primary node, click Audit. 3. Click Log to database. A login panel appears. 4. Enter the user name and password with access to the Audit database. 5. From the Audit database connection drop-down menu select oracleCluster1. 6. Click Apply.
7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 for oracleCluster2 and db2Cluster1. The audit information for all three clusters are now recorded in the same database. The Administration Console for each cluster initializes the database and registers the new cluster.
Monitoring multiple clusters
58
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Restoring predefined indicators
If a user mistakenly deletes a predefined indicator, you need to republish the indicator back to the corporate repository. The replacement indicator is found in the personal documents’ area of the user with which Auditor was originally installed. To restore an indicator, you can use the Document Exporter or the following procedure: 1. Log into InfoView using the user name and password with access to the Audit database at: http://<hostname>:<portname>/wijsp. 2. Click Personal Documents. The indicators in the Personal area are displayed. 3. Click the indicator you want to restore. The associated document appears. 4. Click Publish. The Publish as Corporate Document page appears. 5. Verify that the document’s name, description, and category are the same as those of the original indicator. 6. Verify that the document keyword corresponds to the indicator’s subcategory in Auditor. 7. Click No for the Overwrite if Document Exists option. The original document was presumably deleted. 8. Select the Refresh option: - Refreshed Manually The indicator is refreshed only when a user refreshes it manually. - Scheduled Refresh Select this option if you want to schedule a refresh using Broadcast Agent. The Scheduling Options page appears. 9. Set the refresh frequency you want, and then click OK. For information on the refresh frequency, see the InfoView User’s Guide. 10. Click Publish. If the name already exists, a message appears at the bottom of the page. You must either return to step 5 to change the name, or to step 7 to select Yes. 11. Log into Auditor, and you see the indicator under the specified category and subcategory.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
59
Removing Auditor
To remove Auditor from the server, there is a procedure to follow. The following sections must be completed in this sequence: 1. Deleting the universes 2. Removing the database views 3. Removing the documents 4. Removing the Auditor files
Deleting the universes
To delete the universes: 1. Click Start, Programs, Business Objects, Supervisor. 2. Select Tools, Delete Universe. The Delete Universes dialog box appears.
3. Select the Auditor universes, and then click OK.
Removing Auditor
60
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Removing the database views
To remove the database views: 1. Open the Universe Exporter. 2. Click the Security tab. The Security page appears.
3. In the Data Source Name area, select the connection to the security domain. 4. Click Delete near the bottom of the dialog box. All the views for the security domain are marked “No” in the Views area. 5. Repeat the previous two steps for the Universe and Audit tabs. 6. Click Finish.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
61
Removing the documents
To remove the documents: 1. Open the Document Exporter: - Under UNIX – at the command prompt, type ./DocumentExporter.sh This file is usually located in $AUDITORINSTALLDIR/ DocumentExporter/. - In Windows click Start, Programs, Business Objects, Auditor 6.1, Document Exporter. The Log In dialog box appears. 2. Enter the Auditor user name and password. Use the same Business Objects user name that you originally used to export the documents during installation. 3. Click OK. The main window of the Document Exporter appears.
4. Select the document domain in the drop-down list near the top of the dialog box.
Removing Auditor
62
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
5. Select the documents you want to remove by: - select the box in the Document Selection column - click All to select all of the documents - click None to deselect all of the documents 6. Click Remove the selected document from. 7. Do either or both of the following: - To remove the selected documents from the Corporate area, click Corporate list type. - To remove the selected documents from your Personal area, click Personal list type. 8. Click Apply. The Status dialog box appears with the number of selected documents deleted and offers you the option of viewing a detailed status report. If you want to see this report, click Yes. If not, click No. When the documents are successfully removed, they are marked “N” in the In Corporate and/or In Personal columns. 9. When you are finished removing documents, click Exit.
Removing the Auditor files
To remove the Auditor software from the server, follow the instructions in the Installation and Configuration Guides for Windows or Unix.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
Setting Access Rights
chapter
64
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Overview
Auditor runs in a secure environment, using a repository to store all security information. Auditor inherits the access rights functionality of Supervisor for *.rep documents. You therefore modify access rights for Auditor using Supervisor. In addition, Auditor adds a layer of Form Authentication architecture using Java Server Page (JSP) technology. This chapter explains how to set access rights for Auditor using Supervisor. For complete information about setting access rights for Business Objects users, see the Supervisor’s Guide.
Setting Access Rights
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
65
Access rights
In Supervisor, access rights are organized into command sets. A command set contains related menu commands, toolbar buttons, and other interface elements. Access rights usually are controlled by enabling or disabling command sets. Command sets, in turn, are grouped into families. The command set families are: • Document Document handling; analytical categories • Options Options for list display, home page, password, editing, and technology • Query and Report Panels BusinessObjects Query Panel and WebIntelligence Report Panel functionality
Access rights
66
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Command set family: Document
The following table shows which command sets to choose in order to restrict Document functionality. I don’t want my group/user to... Publish indicators to the repository Save indicators See the list of indicators Interface impact The following table shows the impact on the user interface of disabling or hiding Document command sets. Disabling or hiding command set... Publish Document Save Document Read Corporate Documents Has this impact on the interface Removes the Publish command under the indicator name. Removes the Save command under the indicator name. Removes the following tabs: • Dashboard • Customize Dashboard • Favorites • Options So I disable or hide command set Publish Document Save Document Read Corporate Documents
Setting Access Rights
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
67
Command set family: Options
The following table shows which command sets to choose in order to restrict Options functionality. I don’t want my group/user to... So I disable or hide command set
See document list options or change the Change List Display and Default default home page Home Page Change their own password Change Password Change the viewing and editing of Change Viewing and Editing technology options (applets and Technology Options technology options on the Options page) Interface impact The following table shows the impact on the user interface of disabling or hiding Options command sets. Disabling or hiding command set... Change List Display and Default Home Page Change Password Change Viewing and Editing Technology Options Has this impact on the interface Removes the Start Page tab from Options Removes the Password tab from Options Removes the Create and Edit Indicators tab from Options
Access rights
68
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Command set family: Query and Report Panel
The following table shows which command sets to choose to restrict Query Panel and Report Panel functionality. I don’t want my group/user to... So I disable or hide command set Create a new indicator Modify an existing indicator Use the formatting toolbar Refresh lists of values Run and refresh indicators Use or refresh lists of values View the SQL of a query Interface impact The following table shows the impact on the user interface of disabling or hiding Query and Report Panel command sets. Disabling or hiding command set... Create Indicators Edit Indicators Formatting Toolbar Refresh Lists of Values Has this impact on the interface Removes the Add a New Indicator tab Removes the Edit button from indicators Removes the Add a New Indicator tab Removes the formatting commands from the Report Panel Does not show the Refresh button when a choice of values is displayed for a document Download 3-Tier BusinessObjects Edit Documents Formatting Toolbar Refresh Lists of Values Run and Refresh Documents Use List of Values View SQL
Setting Access Rights
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
69
Disabling or hiding command set... Run and Refresh Documents
Has this impact on the interface The user can modify the document but cannot run the associated query (that is, the Run button is removed from the applet). The Add a New Indicator, Dashboard, and Customize Dashboard tabs are removed. If a report is published with a manual Refresh, the user can open and modify it, but cannot run or refresh it. If a report is published with the Refresh on Open option, the user cannot open, modify, or refresh it.
Use List of Values
If the user: 1. creates a document 2. drags an object from the Classes and Objects Panel to the Conditions tab 3. clicks on the operand of the object then the Show Values From List and Prompt Values From List options are unavailable. If the user: 1. opens an expanded documents page 2. clicks Edit underneath a document, then 3. creates or edits an object using a List of Values in the Conditions tab of the WebIntelligence Report Panel then Refresh is unavailable in the List of Values dialog boxes.
View SQL
If the user creates a new indicator, or opens an existing indicator, then the SQL button is not available in the WebIntelligence Report Panel.
Access rights
70
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Setting Access Rights
Universes, Classes and Objects
chapter
72
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Overview
This chapter describes the universes that are provided with Auditor, as well as the objects that can be selected from the universes to create and edit indicators. Knowledge of universes is important for understanding the elements used in creating and modifying indicators. For example, the BusinessObjects Query Panel is displayed following the selection of either Add a New Indicator or the Edit option for an existing indicator. It is the universe that determines the objects that are available in the panel for building the new query.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
73
Universe structure
Universes are composed of objects and classes. Objects are elements that map to a set of data from a relational database. Objects allow you to retrieve data for your queries. Classes are logical groupings of objects. Universes permit mutually compatible objects to be used in queries by means of the BusinessObjects Query Panel. Objects are classified as one of the following types: • Dimension A dimension retrieves the data that provides the basis for analysis. This data is usually character-type data or dates. In the following universe sections the names of objects that are dimensions are followed by (D). • Detail A Detail object is always associated with a specific Dimension object, in order to provide additional information. In the following universe sections the names of objects that are detail objects are followed by (De). • Measure A measure retrieves numeric information that is the result of calculations on data in the database. In the following universe sections the names of objects that are measures are followed by (M).
Universe structure
74
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Universes and analytical categories
Universes correspond approximately to the various analytical categories in Auditor. The universe/analytical category mapping is shown in the following table. This universe... Broadcast Agent Analysis: Security Repository Analysis: Security Is used by indicators in these categories Broadcast Agent Document Management User Information Broadcast Agent Universe Domain Analysis: Universe System Information: Audit Universe Management System Information User Information Document Management Universe Management
NOTE
This table and the ones following show the full names of the universes. The part of the name after the colon shows the domain to which the universe is attached. In the remainder of this document, the shorter name (such as Repository Analysis) is used.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
75
Predefined vs. custom-made universes
With Auditor, you can use either a set of predefined universes delivered with the product, or any other universes available to you through the Business Objects system.
Predefined universes
Auditor comes with the following predefined universes: Universe name Broadcast Agent Analysis: Security Repository Analysis: Security Universe Domain Analysis: Universe System Information: Audit File name BCA.unv SECURITY.unv UNIVERSE.unv ACTIVITY.unv
They allow you to carry out monitoring and analysis activities immediately after installation. These predefined universes are attached to different domains. These domains are connected to databases during installation, prior to export of the universes. Universe Broadcast Agent Analysis: Security Repository Analysis: Security Universe Domain Analysis: Universe System Information: Audit Domain Security Security Universe Audit database Database Corporate repository Corporate repository Corporate repository Audit database
Custom-made universes
In Auditor, you can access universes that you: • created in Designer • exported to the repository • made accessible to users via Supervisor The universes that you create appear in the list of default universes. This list is automatically presented to users when they create a new indicator without having selected a default universe (see Creating indicators on page 163).
Predefined vs. custom-made universes
76
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Broadcast Agent analysis universe
This section lists the classes in the Broadcast Agent Analysis universe, and the objects that are available for selection within each class. Objects in each class are listed alphabetically, and not in the order in which they appear in the user interface.
NOTE
Because the security domain handles international date and time operations, dates may be displayed in Greenwich mean time (GMT) format, which is the time zone reference for the repository. For more information, see the Broadcast Agent Administrator’s Guide.
BCA information class
This class provides Broadcast Agent system information. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... BCA & BO Server Names (D) Returns Two server names, or Not Processed. The first name is the server on which Broadcast Agent is running; the second name is the Business Objects server on which the task was processed (the machine running BOManager). For a task that has not been executed, the column returns “Not Processed.” The column is updated after a task is processed. BCA ID (De) BCA Name (D) BCA Name (label) (D) Broadcast Agent server IDs. Each Broadcast Agent server is assigned a unique ID. Name of the monitored Broadcast Agent. Name of the monitored Broadcast Agent, preceded by the text string “Broadcast Agent.”
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
77
This object... BCA Server Name (D)
Returns Name of the machine on which the Broadcast Agent server is running, or Not Processed. For a task that has never been executed, the object has no value. The value is updated after a task is processed.
BCA Status (D)
Enabled, Disabled, or “Exceeded number of logins allowed.”
Group Name (D) Broadcast Agent group names BO Server Name Name of the Business Objects server that sent the job to (D) Broadcast Agent (that is, the server machine running BOManager). For a task that has not been executed, the object returns “Not Processed.” The object can be seen from any console, and is updated after a task is processed. BO Server Name Name of the Business Objects server that sent the job to (with label) (D) Broadcast Agent, preceded by the text string “WebI Server Name.” For a task that has not been executed, the object returns “Not Processed.” The object can be seen from any console and is updated after a task is processed.
Broadcast Agent analysis universe
78
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Batch information class
This class provides Broadcast Agent system information. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Batch ID (D) End User Process ID (D) Job Description (D) Returns ID of the pending Broadcast Agent job. The end-user module process ID launched on the server. Job description initially completed by the user submitting the document. The description can be modified. Job Platform (D) All Platforms, Windows Platform, Windows Platform (BusinessObjects 4.1 task), UNIX Platform, New attempt on a UNIX platform, All attempts failed on UNIX platforms, or “Not Processed.” Overwrite Mode (D) Priority (D) Priority (picture) (De) With or without, depending on whether the Broadcast Agent job was submitted with the overwrite option turned on. High, Normal, or Low A graphical indicator of the job’s priority: High, Normal, or Low (Auditor interface only).
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
79
Actions subclass This is a subclass of the Batch Information class that provides information on Broadcast Agent batch job actions. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Returns
Action Type (De) One of the following Broadcast Agent action types: • First Begin Date • Distributed via Web Server • Distributed via Server File System • File Watcher Detection. Data (De) Particular Conditions (D) Value of the condition associated with the batch job. Details of the Broadcast Agent action, such as: • First Begin Date, if distributed via a web server • Web Server name, if distributed via a server file system • Server File System, File Watcher detection on file named Mode used to refresh the document, such as Refresh with Profile of Each Recipient, Refresh with Profile of the Submitter. Broadcast Agent script options that the user selected and sent with the document. The values are separated by commas: Refresh Document = 1, Print Document = 2, Web Server = 3, Custom Macro, = 4, Condition = 5, Channel = 6, Save as RTF = 7, Save as TXT = 8, Save as PDF = 9
Report Bursting feature (D) Script Options (D)
Broadcast Agent analysis universe
80
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Scheduling Information subclass This is a subclass of the Batch Information class that provides job frequency information. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Begin Time (D) Returns Start time of the pending Broadcast Agent job. For hourly tasks, it displays the information in the following form: “30 minutes after the hour from 9 to 11.” Days of the Month (D) Days of the Week (D) Days selected for monthly tasks. The information appears in the following form: “2nd 3rd 4th 26th and last day of the month.” Days selected for daily, monthly interval, and user-defined tasks. The information appears in the following form: “Monday Wednesday Friday.” Frequency (D) One of the following: • Once (4,6) • Hourly (8,10) • Daily (16,18) • Weekly (32,34) • Monthly (64,66) • Monthly interval (128, 130) • User defined (256, 258). Scheduling for daily, weekly, and monthly tasks. The information appears in the following form: “Every 6 week(s).” Periodicity Detail Day scheduling for monthly interval tasks and the (D) scheduling details for user-defined tasks. The information appears in the following form: “Every 2nd business day.”
Periodicity (D)
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
81
Monitoring Job Information subclass This is a subclass of the Batch Information class that provides job status information. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Job Error Code (De) Returns Broadcast Agent job error code, if there is one. Make a note of the code so that you can use it when referring to the Error Message Guide.
Job Error or Full error description, with the error code that relates to the Warning Text (D) Error Message Guide. Job State (D) Job Status (D) Indication of whether a job is still running. Text description of a job’s current status.
Broadcast Agent analysis universe
82
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Document information class
This class provides Broadcast Agent document data. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Category Creator (De) Category Name (De) Category Path (De) Document Category (D) Returns Name of the user who created the document category. Document's category name. Hierarchical path of the document category if there is one. List of document categories with the hierarchical path if there is one.
Document ID (D) Document ID Document Name Name of a document sent to Broadcast Agent. (D) Document Name Complete document name with its type. & Type (D) Document Persistent (D) Document Repository ID (De) Document Repository Name (D) Document Size (M) Persistent if a document is published to the corporate repository, or Not Persistent if the document is automatically deleted when retrieved by the last user. ID of the document repository.
Name of the repository where a document is stored.
Size of a sent document, in bytes. The object does not represent the size of a document when it is stored in the document domain; rather, it represents the initial size of the document (the size of the document when it was submitted). The WebIntelligence or BusinessObjects document. The file extension type is .rep, .bqy, .wqy, .wid, or .rea; otherwise, it is Unknown.
Document Type (D)
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
83
This object... Document Type (Picture) (De) Last Action (D)
Returns Graphical image representing the WebIntelligence or BusinessObjects document type. Last action performed on a document, and the date of the action. Values that can be returned include: Unchanged, Deleted, Inserted, Updated, Moved, or Other.
Last Action Date Most recent, date of a change to a referenced document. (D) Last Action Type Last type of action performed on a referenced document. (D) Values that can be returned include: Unchanged, Inserted,
Updated, or Moved.
Number of documents (M)
Number of documents sent to Broadcast Agent.
Broadcast Agent analysis universe
84
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Submitter information class
This class provides information on the users and user groups submitting documents. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Returns
BO Version of Version number of the end-user module that submitted the the Submitter (D) job to Broadcast Agent. This object value is updated only at the time of document submission. Group Submit Name (D) Group Submit Name (with label) (D) Submit name & User Profile (D) Submit name & User Profile (label) (D) User Submit Name (D) User Submit Type (D) Group receiving the user’s submitted document. Group receiving the user’s submitted document, preceded by the text string “Group Submit Name”. The submit name and user profile, as defined in Supervisor. The submit name and user profile as defined in Supervisor, preceded by the appropriate text string. Name of the user who submitted the job to Broadcast Agent. User type or user profile, as defined in Supervisor.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
85
Recipient information class
This class provides data on document recipients. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Returns
Count Recipients Total number of recipients of a document. (M) Distribution Path Values of the distribution path. (De) Distribution System (D) Distributed via Web Server, or Distributed via Server File System, to indicate how the processed Broadcast Agent document is to be distributed. Also returns information on the concatenated path. Group Recipient Group Name receiving the document. Name (D) Recipient Name (D) Name of the recipient.
Recipient Status Enabled, Disabled, or “Exceeded number of logins allowed.” (D) Recipient User Type (D) User profile, as set in Supervisor. Possible values are: General Supervisor, Supervisor, Designer, Supervisor-Designer, User, Broadcast Agent, or Versatile.
Broadcast Agent analysis universe
86
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Time frame class
This class provides job duration data. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Average Duration (M) Job Duration (M) Job Duration Max (M) Job Duration Min (M) Returns Average duration of a job, in seconds. Duration of a job, in seconds. Maximum duration of a job, in seconds. Minimum duration of a job, in seconds.
Submit Date Time Frame subclass This is a subclass of the Time Frame class that provides job submission dates. The following table shows the object that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Returns
Submit Datetime Date on which the task was submitted on the client machine. (D) Start Date Time Frame subclass This is a subclass of the Time Frame class that provides system start dates for jobs. The following table shows the object that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Start Date (D) Returns Date on which the task started on the server. This is the start time for waiting tasks; it is a system parameter that is used until the task is completed. Note: You may receive the value “Friday 06 February 2037 6:28:16 AM.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
87
End Date Time Frame subclass This is a subclass of the Time Frame class that provides job end dates. The following table shows the object that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... End Date (D) Returns Date on which a task ended on the server. This is the end time for waiting tasks; it is a system parameter that is used until the task is completed. Note: You may receive the value “Friday 06 February 2037 6:28:16 AM. Expiration Date Time Frame subclass This is a subclass of the Time Frame class that provides job expiry dates. The following table shows the object that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Expiration Date (D) Returns Date on which a task expired.
Begin Date Time Frame subclass This is a subclass of the Time Frame class that is used to control job start dates. The following table shows the object that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Begin Date (D) Returns Date from which a job is considered valid. • Set this date in the Conditions tab if you want to control the execution date. • When a job is run, the task is duplicated, its status is set to Running (for the duplicated task), and the execution date of the original task is computed.
Broadcast Agent analysis universe
88
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Audit BCA measures class
This class provides various Broadcast Agent job counts. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel.
NOTE
You cannot use more than one object from the Audit BCA Measures Class in a single indicator.
This object... Count BCA Jobs (M) Count Job Expired (M) Count Job Failed (M)
Returns Number of batch jobs submitted. Number of jobs that were retried but not ultimately executed. Number of failed jobs.
Count Job Running (M) Number of jobs currently running. Count Job Success (M) Number of successful jobs. Count Job Suspended (M) Count Job Waiting (M) Number of suspended jobs. Number of waiting jobs.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
89
Broadcast Agent analysis incompatibilities
The following table lists the objects in the Broadcast Agent Analysis universe that are known to be incompatible with each other. This object... Count BCA Jobs in Class... Audit BCA Measures is incompatible with...* the other objects the other objects the other objects the other objects the other objects the other objects in Class Audit BCA Measures Audit BCA Measures Audit BCA Measures Audit BCA Measures Audit BCA Measures Audit BCA Measures
Count Job Expired Audit BCA Measures Count Job Failed Count Job Success Count Job Suspended Audit BCA Measures Audit BCA Measures Audit BCA Measures
Count Job Waiting Audit BCA Measures
* This incompatibility can be caused by one of two factors: • Incompatibility of WHERE clauses • Use of the “Count” operator
Broadcast Agent analysis universe
90
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Repository analysis universe
This section lists the classes in the Repository Analysis universe, and the objects that are available for selection within each class.
NOTE
Because the security domain handles international date and time operations, dates may be displayed in GMT format, which is the time zone reference for the repository. For more information, see the Broadcast Agent Administrator’s Guide.
User class
This class provides information on the people who want to access your business intelligence system. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Returns
Failed Logins (D) Number of times that a user tried to log in, without success. Group Name (D) Existing group names “the list of” or “group names from the repository.” Do not use with User Name, use instead User Group. Note: The Status object in the Document class can only be used with the Document Name and User Name (or Group Name) objects to query the documents that are enabled or diabled for a user (or group). Identification Strategy (D) Inheritance Rights (De) No Password Checking or Full Password Checking. Group from which rights were inherited.
Last Action Date Most recent date of a change of the user. (D) Last Action Type The last type of action to be associated with the user. (D) Values that can be returned include: Unchanged, Inserted,
Updated, or Moved.
Resource (D)
Supervisor, Designer, Agent, Query, Reporter, WebReporter, or Unknown.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
91
This object...
Returns
Resource Status Disabled or Enabled. (D) User Group (D) Name of the user group. User Group (with Name of the user group, preceded by the text string “User label) (D) Group.” User Level (D) User Name (D) Security level for an individual end-user object: Public, Controlled, Restricted, Confidential, or Private. The list of user names from the repository. Note: The Status object in the Document class can only be used with the Document Name and User Name (or Group Name) objects to query the documents that are enabled or diabled for a user (or group). User Name (with The list of user names from the repository, preceded by the label) (D) text string “User Name.” User Profile (D) User Status (D) User Status (picture) (De) User profile, as stored in the repository. Disabled, Enabled, or “Exceeded number of logins allowed.” A graphical representation of user status (WebIntelligence only).
Repository analysis universe
92
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Security Commands subclass This is a subclass of the User class that provides information on the command restrictions applied to groups or individual users. It also shows their access rights to the functionality in Business Objects products. The following table shows the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Returns
Security Name of the Business Objects product on which the Configuration (D) restrictions are placed. These products include Designer, InfoView, Supervisor, BusinessObjects, and WebIntelligence. Security Family (D) Security Status (D) Functionality family on which the restriction is placed. Status of the restriction: Enabled, Disabled, Inherited, or Hidden.
Security Name of the functionality on which the restriction is placed Functionality (D) for Designer, BusinessObjects, Supervisor, InfoView, or WebIntelligence. Designer Name of the functionality on which the restriction is placed Functionality (D) for Designer. BusinessObjects Name of the functionality on which the restriction is placed Functionality (D) for BusinessObjects. Supervisor Name of the functionality on which the restriction is placed Functionality (D) for Supervisor. BusinessQuery Name of the functionality on which the restriction is placed Functionality (D) for BusinessQuery. WebIntelligence Name of the functionality on which the restriction is placed Functionality (D) for WebIntelligence.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
93
Documents class
This class provides information on documents in the corporate repository. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Category Creator (De) Category Name (De) Category Path (De) Document Age (hour) (D) Document Age (min) (D) Document Age (sec) (D) Returns Name of the user who created the document category. Document’s category name. Hierarchical path of the document category if one exists. Document age, in hours. Document age, in minutes. Document age, in seconds.
Document Category (D) A list of document categories with hierarchical path if one exists. Document Creation Date (D) Document Domain (D) Document creation date. The list of document domain names. Note: The Status object cannot be associated directly to the Document Domain object without the Document Name object. Document ID (D) Document Name (D) Document ID. Document name. Note: The Status object cannot be associated directly to the Document Domain object without the Document Name object. The Status object can only be used with the Document Name object and User Name (or Group Name) objects in the User Class to query the documents that are enabled or diabled for a user (or group).
Repository analysis universe
94
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
This object... Document Name & Type (D) Document Persistent (D)
Returns Document name, along with its type. “Persistent” if a document is published to the corporate repository, or Not Persistent if the document is automatically deleted when retrieved by the last user. Document size, in bytes. Document type: .rep, .bqy, .wid, .wqy, or .rea. HTML hyperlink to a graphical image of the document type (Auditor interface only).
Date on which the document was most recently changed. The last type of action to be associated with the document. Values that can be returned include: Unchanged, Inserted, Updated, or Moved.
Document Size (M) Document Type (D) Document Type (picture) (De) Last Action Date (D) Last Action Type (D)
Owner/Sender (D) Status (D)
Owner/Sender of the document. Document status: Enabled, Hidden, Inherited, Disabled. This object cannot be associated directly to the Document Domain object without the Document Name object. This object can only be used with the Document Name object and User Name (or Group Name) objects in the User Class to query the documents that are enabled or diabled for a user (or group).
NOTE
It is not possible to retrieve inherited values of the rights on documents, and it is necessary to look at the rights on each group and domain access to verify if a user or group has the rights to use a document.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
95
Document Domain subclass This is a subclass of the Documents class that provides information on the domain that contains the documents. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Document Domain (D) Document Domain Creator (D) Document Domain Creation Date (D) Last Action Date (D) Last Action Type (D) Returns The list of document domain names. The name of the user who created the document domain. The date that the domain was created.
Date on which the document was most recently changed. The last type of action to be associated with the document domain. Values that can be returned include: Unchanged, Inserted, Updated, or Moved.
NOTE
If the Document Domain Creator object is used in a query with other objects from the Document classes, a blank cell appears for the creator name for the following reasons: • the initial system supervisor ID that was used to create the two first domains is no longer available • the supervisor who created the domain has been deleted from the repository To retrieve creator names, you need to keep all the supervisors who created the document and universe domains in the repository. You cannot display the creator name of the initial domains.
Repository analysis universe
96
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Data Providers subclass This is a subclass of the Documents class that is used to supply information on the provision of data. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Data Provider Name (D) Data Provider Source (D) Duration (D) Last Refresh Date (D) Returns Name of the data provider. Information about the origin of the data in the data provider: universe name, file path, or name of query. No values are shown for third-party documents Time, in seconds, that it took to run the query. Last refresh date of the data provider.
Number of Rows Number of rows in the query. (D) Partial Indicator (D) Information on the data provider, indicating whether the results are Partial or Total.
Received By subclass This is a subclass of the Documents class that provides information on the users receiving documents from the corporate repository. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Recipient Function (D) Recipient Name (D) Recipient Name (with label) (D) Returns User profile as set in Supervisor: General Supervisor, Supervisor, Designer, Supervisor-Designer, User, Broadcast Agent, or Versatile. User name of the recipient. User name of the recipient, preceded by the text string “Recipient Name.”
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
97
Universe Domain subclass This is a subclass of the Documents class that provides information on the domain that contains the universes. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Universe Domain (D) Universe Domain Creator (D) Universe Domain Creation Date (D) Last Action Date (D) Last Action Type (D) Returns The list of universe domain names. The name of the user who created the universe domain. The date that the domain was created.
Date on which the universe domain was most recently changed. The last type of action to be associated with the universe domain. Values that can be returned include: Unchanged, Inserted, Updated, or Moved.
NOTE
If the Universe Domain Creator object is used in a query with other objects from the Universe classes, a blank cell appears for the creator name for the following reasons: • the initial system supervisor ID that was used to create the two first domains is no longer available • the supervisor who created the domain has been deleted from the repository To retrieve creator names, you need to keep all the supervisors who created the document and universe domains in the repository. You cannot display the creator name of the initial domains.
Repository analysis universe
98
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Universe class
This class provides universe setup information. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This Object... File Name (D) Returns The eight-byte name of the universe file (the downloaded universe file is stored locally as a *.unv file). Time of the last universe update. Objects filter for the universe, set in Supervisor. Row restriction for the universe, set in Supervisor. Universe status: Enabled, Hidden, Inherited, or Disabled. Table mapping for the universe, set in Supervisor. The first 256*2 characters of the universe description. Name of the universe domain. Universe ID. Name of the universe.
Last Update Time (M) Objects Filter (De) Row Restriction (De) Status (M) Table Mapping (De) Universe Description (De) Universe Domain (D) Universe ID (D) Universe Name (D)
Universe Revision (De) Revision number of the universe.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
99
Connection class
This class provides universe connection data. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Connection Name (D) Connection RDBMS (D) Returns Name of the universe connection. ID of the database middleware.
Connection Type Connection type: Document Domain, Universe Domain, or (D) Secured. Last Action Date Date on which the universe connection was most recently (D) changed. Last Action Type The last type of action to be associated with the universe (D) connection.
Values that can be returned include: Unchanged, Deleted, Inserted, Updated, or Moved.
Repository analysis universe
100
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Repository Analysis incompatibilities
The following table lists the objects in the Repository Analysis universe that are known to be incompatible with each other: This object... Data Provider Universe Data Provider Universe Data Provider Universe Data Provider Universe Data Provider Universe Data Provider Universe Data Provider Universe Data Provider Universe Data Provider Universe Status Status Status Status Status Status Status Status Status in Class... is incompatible with this object... in Class Universe Universe Universe Universe Universe Universe Universe Universe Universe Universe Universe Universe Connection Connection Connection Connection
Data Providers Universe Domain Data Providers Universe Name Data Providers File Name Data Providers Status Data Providers Connection Name Data Providers Connection Type Data Providers Last Action Date Data Providers Last Action Type Documents Documents Documents Documents Documents Documents Documents Documents Documents Universe Domain Universe Name File Name Status Connection Name Connection Type Last Action Date Last Action Type
Data Providers Connection RDBMS Universe
Connection RDBMS Connection
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
101
Universe domain analysis universe
This section lists the classes in the Universe Domain Analysis universe, and the objects that are available for selection within each class.
Universe parameters class
This class provides information on the maintenance of universes. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Creation Date (D) Filename (D) Filename (with label) (D) First Author (D) Last Author (D) Returns Date on which a universe was created. The eight-byte name of the universe file. The downloaded universe file is stored locally as a *.unv file. The eight-byte name of the universe file, preceded by the text string “Filename”. Original creator, user ID, of a universe. ID of the user who last updated a universe.
Last Modify Date Date on which a universe was last modified. (D) Linked Universe ID (D) Linked Universe Name (D) Max Number Of Columns (D) Max Number of Lines (D) ID of the linked universe, if applicable. Name of the linked universe, if applicable. This object applies only to linked universes, and not to classes and objects in the current universe Maximum number of columns allowed in queries for the selected universe. Maximum number of rows that can be returned for the selected universe.
Max Query Time Maximum query time, in seconds, allowed by the selected (D) universe. Number of Linked Universes (M) Number of other universes to which the selected universe is linked in the repository.
Universe domain analysis universe
102
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
This object... Number of Universes (M) Universe Help Text (D) Universe ID (D) Universe Name (D) Universe Name (with label) (D) Universe Name (with ID) (D) Version (D)
Returns Number of universes in the repository. Help text available when selecting and opening a universe. This object does not apply to linked universes, but rather only to the current universe. Internal ID associated with a universe. Name of a universe. Name of a universe, preceded by the text string “Universe Name”. Name of a universe, with its internal ID. Version number of a universe. This object does not apply to linked universes, only to the current universe.
Class details class
This class provides information on universe classes. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Class Description (D) Class Hidden (D) Returns Description of a class. Yes for a hidden class, or No for a visible, userenabled class. All the classes listed in this guide have a Class Hidden value of No. Class ID (D) Class Name (D) ID of a class. Name of a class.
Class Name (with label) Name of a class, preceded by the text string “Class (D) Name.” Number of Classes (M) Number of unique universe classes.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
103
Object details class
This class provides universe object data. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Hidden Object (D) Number of Objects (M) Object Description (D) Object ID (D) Object Name (D) Object Name (with label) (D) Object Position (D) Object Table Name(s) (D) Object Type (D) SELECT Clause (D) WHERE Clause (D) Advanced subclass This is a subclass of the Object Details class that provides further information on objects, particularly relating to security. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Incompatible Table (D) Object Properties (D) Returns A list of incompatible table names specified by Designer for proper hierarchy navigation. The properties of an object. Returns Yes for a hidden object, or No for a user-enabled object. Number of distinct objects. Help text for an object. ID of an object. Name of an object. Name of an object, preceded by the text string “Object Name.” Numerical position of an object within its class. Table names referenced by an object. The type of the object: Dimension, Detail, or Measure. SQL Select clause for the selected object. SQL Where clause for the selected object.
Object Security Public, Controlled, Restricted, Confidential, Private, or Access Level (D) Unknown. These values are set individually in Designer.
Universe domain analysis universe
104
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Condition details class
This class provides information on universe conditions. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Condition Description (D) Condition Hidden (D) Condition ID (D) Condition Name (D) Condition Position (D) Condition Table Name(s) (D) Condition WHERE Clause (D) Incompatible Table (D) Number of Conditions (M) Returns Description of the condition. Yes for a hidden condition, No for a user-enabled condition, or Unknown. Condition ID. Condition name. Position of the condition within the universe. A list of table names used in the condition. The Where clause associated with a condition, if applicable. A list of incompatible table names, specified in Designer, for proper hierarchy navigation. Total number of conditions.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
105
Universe tables class
This class provides information on universe tables. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Number of Tables (M) Returns Total number of unique tables.
Table Name (with label) (D) Name of a table, preceded by the text string “Table Name.” Table/Alias Name (D) Table/Alias Properties (D) Table ID (D) Name of a table (original or alias). Table/alias properties. Table ID.
Alias Information subclass This is a subclass of the Universe Tables class that provides table alias information. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Alias Table ID (D) Alias (Y or N) (D) Original Database Table Name (D) Returns Alias table ID. Y (yes) if the table is an alias; otherwise, N (no). Base table name for an alias.
Universe domain analysis universe
106
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Joins class
This class provides information on universe joins. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Join ID (D) Join SQL (D) Number of Joins (M) Table 1 Name (D) Table 2 Name (D) Returns Join ID. Join SQL. Number of joins in the universe. Name of the first table in the join. Name of the second table in the join.
Contexts class
This class provides data relating to universe contexts. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Context ID (D) Context Join ID (D) Context Join SQL (D) Returns Context ID. Context join ID. Context join SQL.
Context Join Table 1 Name (D) Name of the first table of the context join. Context Join Table 2 Name (D) Name of the second table of the context join. Context Name (D) Number of Contexts (M) Context name. Number of contexts.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
107
Hierarchies class
This class provides information on universe hierarchies. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Hierarchy ID (D) Hierarchy Name (D) Hierarchy Name (with label) (D) Hierarchy Position in Universe (D) Object Name in Hierarchy (D) Object Position in Hierarchy (D) Returns ID of a hierarchy. Name of a hierarchy. Name of a hierarchy, preceded by the text string “Hierarchy Name”. Position of a hierarchy in its universe.
Number of Hierarchies (M) Total number of hierarchies. Name of an object in a hierarchy. Position of an object in a hierarchy.
Number of Objects in Hierarchies subclass This is a subclass of the Hierarchies class that provides counts of objects used in hierarchies. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Number of Objects (M) Number of Object Instances (M) Returns Number of distinct objects in hierarchies. Number of object appearances (instances) in hierarchies.
Universe domain analysis universe
108
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Universe Domain Analysis incompatibilities
The following table lists the objects in the Universe Domain Analysis universe that are known to be incompatible. This object... Object Security Access Level Class Description Condition Name Context Id Object Position Table/Alias Name Table/Alias Name Table/Alias Name in Class... Advanced Class Details Condition Details Contexts Object Details Universe Tables Universe Tables Universe Tables is incompatible in Classes with this object... All objects All objects All objects All objects All objects Table Name Table Name (with label) Alias Table ID Joins, Contexts and Hierarchies Joins, Contexts and Hierarchies Joins, Contexts and Hierarchies Hierarchies Joins, Contexts and Hierarchies Universe Tables Universe Tables Universe Tables
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
109
System information universe
This section lists the classes in the System Information universe, and the objects that are available for selection within each class.
Actions class
This class provides specific data on user actions. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Action App (D) Action App ID (D) Returns Name of the application that generated the event. The ID of the application that generated the event. This object provides a better compatibility than Action App Name, which may change between different versions of the Business Objects suite. Action Error ID (D) Error ID (if applicable). This object is used by the Broadcast Agent Analysis universe to record error codes. See Monitoring Job Information subclass on page 81. Action Host (D) Action ID (D) Action Name (D) Action Name ID (D) Action Time (D) Action Type (D) Business Objects server that generated the event. Internal ID used to trace events. Name of the event, for example, “Get list of Corporate Documents” or Login. ID of the event name. Action’s date and time. Type of action, such as Repository Name.
Action Type Detail A breakdown of Action Type, such as “Document” within (De) Repository Name. Action Type Detail A text string in front of Action Type Detail, such as “Object (with label) (De) Name: Document”. Cluster ID (D) Cluster Name (D) Internal ID of the cluster in which the event occurs. Name of the cluster in which the event occurs.
System information universe
110
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
This object... Session ID (D)
Returns InfoView session ID. This can be used to generate traces of the first and last events, and to break down reports by session generated by a user.
User Name (D) User Name (with label) (D)
NOTE
Name of the user who generated the event. Name of the user who generated the event, preceded by the text string “User Name.”
When you migrate from a previous version of BusinessObjects to BusinessObjects 6.1 the object Cluster ID=0, and Cluster Name='WebIntelligence 2.x Cluster' are not in the audit database. They are generated into virtual views as null values shown as 0 in the 'Cluster ID' objects. This also applies to Cluster Name objects set to 'WebIntelligence 2.x Cluster'.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
111
Action Details subclass This is a subclass of the Actions class that provides a variety of information. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Number of Elements (D) Number of Rows (D) Returns Number of items in the Inbox, Corporate or Personal document list, or number of universes. This number is logged when a “Get list” event occurs. Number of rows retrieved back for each action. For each action name, see the “Number of Rows Retrieved” measure in the Action Measure subclass. Object Name (D) Object Name (with label) (D) Repository Name (D) SQL Value (D) Total Size of Elements in List (D) Universe Name (D) Universe Name (with label) (D) Name of the object. Name of the object, preceded by the text string “Object Name.” Repository name. SQL statement sent by the system whenever a result is computed or generated. Total size of documents in the Inbox, Corporate or Personal document list. This size is logged when a “Get list” event occurs. Universe name. Universe name, preceded by the text string “Universe Name.”
System information universe
112
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Administration SDK subclass This is a subclass of the Action Details subclass that provides security information from Administration SDK. When a security property on a user or a group is modified by Administration SDK, an event occurs. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Group Name (Administration) (D) Object Security Level (D) Returns Name of the group which was created or deleted from the Administration SDK. The security level property of the user: • private • confidential • restricted • controlled • public Name of the group of the user who had Administration SDK security updates, for example, when if a user was created or their profile set. Encrypted value of the User password set by the Administration SDK.
Parent Group Name (Administrator) (D)
Password (D)
Password Can Change (D) User password event logged when the user password property has been changed. When this parameter is set to 'TRUE', the user will be able to change his password. Otherwise the value is 'FALSE' and the password remains the same. Password Checking (D) User password event logged when the user password property has been changed. When this parameter is set to 'TRUE', the user will have to check his password. Otherwise the value is 'FALSE' and no check will be asked again.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
113
This object... Password Limited Validity (D)
Returns Three event details logged when the user password periodicity property has been changed: • password limited validity • validity is periodic • validity period (days) When this parameter is set to 'TRUE', the user will have to change his assigned password after a specified fixed number of days (retrieved in Password Validity Period (Days) object). Otherwise the value is 'FALSE', and the validity period is removed.
Password Must Change (D)
User password event logged when the user password property has been changed. When this parameter is set to 'TRUE', the user will have to change his password at the first login. Otherwise the value is 'FALSE' and the password can remain the initial assigned password.
Password Periodic Validity Three event details logged when the user (D) password periodicity property has been changed: • password limited validity • validity is periodic • validity period (days) When this parameter is set to 'TRUE', the user will have to change his assigned password after a specified number of days (retrieved in Password Limited Validity object) on a cyclic mode. Otherwise the value is 'FALSE', and the periodic property is removed Password Status (D) User password enabled or not by the Administration SDK.
System information universe
114
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
This object... Password Validity Period (Days) (D) Profile Name (D)
Returns User password property: number of days that can elapse before the user is required to change their password. User profile setting: • private • confidential • restricted • controlled • public Name of the user who had Administration SDK security updates, for example, when if a user was created or their profile set.
User Name (Administration) (D)
Browser information subclass This is a subclass of the Action Details subclass that provides information about the client’s browser when a login event occurs. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Browser Type (D) Client IP (D) Client OS (D) Returns Version and type of Internet browser. Internet Protocol (IP) address of the client. Version and type of operating system.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
115
Document subclass This is a subclass of the Action Details subclass. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Document Category (D) Document Description (D) Document ID (D) Returns Category of the document. Document description. Document ID.
Document Name and Type Document name and type. (D) Document Name (with label) (D) Document Type (D) Keyword (D) Overwrite (D) Name of the document, preceded by the text string “Document Name.” Three-character document suffix, such as .rep, .wid and .wqy. Keyword entered when a Publish/Send/Save event occurs. Option selected when a Publish/Save event occurs. Values are “True” or “False.” Refresh Options (D) Refresh options entered when a Publish/Send/ Save event occurs. Values for third-party documents are: • “Refresh on open” • “Refresh manually” • “Scheduled refresh” • “None” User Name (Target) (D) Distinct destination groups when a Publish/Save event occurs. There is one row generated for each target entered.
System information universe
116
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Page information subclass This is a subclass of the Action Details subclass that provides page information when a Get Page event occurs or when an Apply Format event occurs (Report Name detail only). The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Document Type (D) Page Range (D) Report Name (D) Returns Three characters document extensions, for example .xls, .pdf, and .xml, when a Get Page event occurs. Page Range when a Get Page event occurs. Report Name when a Get Page or an Apply Format event occurs.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
117
Action Measures subclass This is a subclass of the Actions class that is used to quantify user actions. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Action Duration (sec) (M) Count (M) Returns Total duration of an event, in seconds. Actual action durations are stored in milliseconds, and any unknown action values are returned as NULL. A generic count. Use this object in combination with another object to count the number of occurrences. It is not specific to a particular data type. Document size in bytes. This is a non-aggregate object, returning all sizes individually without adding them together. Total number of items associated with each user action. A count of the number of actions recorded Number of documents that have been accessed.
Document Size (M)
Number of Action Details (M) Number of Actions (M) Number of Documents Used (M) Number of Logins (M) Number of Rows Retrieved (M) Number of Sessions (M) Number of Users (M)
Number of Log Offs (M) Number of log offs. Number of attempted logins. Number of rows retrieved from a document. Number of complete user sessions. Number of user sessions opened so far.
System information universe
118
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
This object...
Returns
Session Duration (hour) Total duration of a complete session, in hours. (M) Use this object in conjunction with: • the Session ID object (see Actions class on page 109). Otherwise, action times, and not session times, are returned. • the User Name object to return session times by user. Session Duration (min) (M) Total duration of a complete session, in minutes. Use this object in conjunction with: • the Session ID object (see Actions class on page 109). Otherwise, action times, and not session times, will be returned. • the User Name object to return session times by user. Total size of a document, in bytes. Use this object in conjunction with the Document Name object (Actions class on page 109) to return bytes per document.
Sum Document Size (M)
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
119
Averages subclass This is a subclass of the Action Measures subclass that provides data based on a series of actions over time. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Avg Action Duration (sec) (M) Returns Average duration of an event, in seconds.
Avg Actions per Day (M) Average number of actions over a month, divided by 30. Avg Actions per Hour (M) Avg Actions per Month (M) Avg Rows Retrieved (M) Avg Session Duration (hour) (M) Average number of actions over a day, divided by 24. Average number of annual actions, divided by 12.
Avg Document Size (M) Average document size, in bytes. Average number of rows retrieved via user queries. Total session time over a day, divided by 24. You must use this object with the Session ID object (Actions class on page 109). Otherwise, your results may not be accurate. Total session time over a month, divided by 30. You must use this object with the Session ID object (Actions class on page 109). Otherwise, your results may not be accurate. Total session time over a week, divided by 7. You must use this object with the Session ID object (Actions class on page 109). Otherwise, your results may not be accurate. Number of unique user sessions, divided by 30.
Avg Session Duration (month) (M)
Avg Session Duration (week) (M)
Avg Users per Day (M)
Avg Users per Hour (M) Average number of user sessions that were started per hour. Avg Users per Month (M) Average number of user sessions that were started per month.
System information universe
120
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Action Time subclass This is a subclass of the Actions class that provides the timing of user actions. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Action Day (D) Action Hour (D) Action HHMISS (D) Returns Day on which an action took place. Hour in which an action took place, in 24-hour format. Hour in which an action took place, in 24-hour format and in minutes and seconds. Example: 17:53:59 = 5:53 pm and 59 seconds Action Minutes (D) Action Month (D) Action Month Name (De) Action Quarter (D) Action Seconds (D) Action Week (D) Action YYYY (D) Action YYYY-MM (D) Action YYYY-MM-DD (D) Action YYYY-MM-DD HHMISS (D) Number of minutes past the hour in which an action took place. Number of the month in which an action took place. Name of the month in which an action took place. The quarter in which an action took place, such as Q4. Number of seconds after the minute in which an action took place. Number of the week in which an action took place. Year (YYYY) in which an action took place. Year (YYYY) and month (MM) in which an action took place, such as 2001-01 for January 2001. Year (YYYY), month (MM), and day (DD) on which an action took place, such as 2001-01-25 for January 25, 2001. Start time (to the second) of the event, in the format YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS; for example, 2001/09/25 17:35:59 for 5:35 pm and 59 seconds on September 25, 2001.
Action Hour AM/PM (D) Hour in which an action took place, in AM/PM format.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
121
This object... Last Action Start Time (D)
Returns Start time (to the second) of the event for a given event type. For example, it is used to retrieve the last time a refresh was performed.
Session End Time (D)
Time at which a user’s session ended, in the format YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS. Use this object in conjunction with the Session ID object (Actions class on page 109). Otherwise, action times, and not session times, will be returned.
Session Start Time (D)
Time at which a user’s session started, in the format YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS. Use this object in conjunction with the Session ID object (Actions class on page 109). Otherwise, action times, and not session times, will be returned.
System information universe
122
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Action Time Frame (with label) subclass This is a subclass of the Action Time class that enables you to return text strings for action times. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Action Day (with label) (D) Action DD/MM (with label) (D) Returns Text string for the day on which an action took place, such as “Day: 28”. Text string “Action Start Time” preceding the day and month in which an action took place, such as “Action Start Time: 25/09”.
Action Hour (with label) Text string for the hour in which an action took place, (D) such as “Hour: 03”. Action Minutes (with label) (D) Action MM/DD (with label) (D) Action Month (with label) (D) Action Month Name (with label) (De) Action Quarter (with label) (D) Action Seconds (with label) (D) Text string for the minutes past the hour in which an action took place, such as “Minutes: 46”. Text string “Action Start Time” preceding the month and day on which an action took place, such as “Action Start Time: 09/25”. The month. Text string for the month in which an action took place, such as “Month: 12”. Text string for the quarter in which an action took place, such as “Quarter: Q4”. Text string for the seconds after a minute in which an action took place, such as “Seconds: 50”.
Action Week (with label) Text string for the week in which an action took place, (D) such as “Week: 51”. Action Year (with label) Text string for the year in which an action took place, (D) such as “Year: 2001”.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
123
Session analysis (no actions) class
This class provides session data that is not action-related. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel.
NOTE
The objects in the Session Analysis (No Actions) subclass are not designed to be used with objects of the Actions class. The two sets of objects should not be mixed when creating and editing indicators.
This object... Cluster ID (D) Cluster Name (D) Session Host (user IP) (D) Session User (D) Session User (no 'unknown' users) (D) Session End Time (D)
Returns Internal ID of the cluster in which the session occurs. Name of the cluster in which the session occurs. IP address of the session host. Session user name. Session user name, if known. This object filters out “unknown” users. Session end time, in the format YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS, for example, 2001/09/25 17:35:59 for 5:35pm and 59 seconds on September 25, 2001 Session ID. Session start time, in the format YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS, for example, 2001/09/25 16:30:29 for 4:30 pm and 29 seconds on September 25, 2001
Session ID (D) Session Start Time (D)
NOTE
When you migrate from a previous version of BusinessObjects to BusinessObjects 6.1 the object Cluster ID=0, and Cluster Name='WebIntelligence 2.x Cluster' are not in the audit database. They are generated into virtual views as null values shown as 0 in the 'Cluster ID' objects. This also applies to Cluster Name objects set to 'WebIntelligence 2.x Cluster'.
System information universe
124
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Session Measures subclass This is a subclass of the Session Analysis (No Actions) class that allows you to measure the number and duration of sessions.
NOTE
The objects in the Session Measures subclass are not designed to be used with objects of the Actions class. The two sets of objects should not be mixed when creating and editing indicators. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Number of Sessions (M) Number of Session Users (M) Session Duration (sec) (M) Session Duration (min) (M) Avg Session Duration (sec) (M) Avg Session Duration (min) (M) Returns Number of completed user sessions. Number of users who opened sessions. Total session duration, in seconds. Total session duration, in minutes. Average session duration, in seconds. Average session duration, in minutes.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
125
Session Time subclass This is a subclass of the Session Analysis (No Actions) class that enables you to view the times at which sessions took place.
NOTE
The objects in the Session Time subclass are not designed to be used with objects of the Actions class. The two sets of objects should not be mixed when creating and editing indicators. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Session Day (D) Session Duration (1 min intervals) (D) Returns The day number, such as 05 for the fifth day. Time blocks of one minute. Can be used by the Visit Duration indicator to divide session times into intervals of one minute, instead of the default five minutes Time blocks of five minutes. Used as the default setting by the Visit Duration indicator to divide session times into five minute intervals. Time of a session in 24-hour format. Minutes past the hour in which a session took place. Month in which a session took place, such as 03 for March. The quarter in which a session took place, such as Q2. Unformatted session start time. Week in which a session took place, such as 52 for the last week of the year. Year in which a session took place. Year and month of a session. Year, month, and day of a session.
Session Duration (5 min intervals) (D) Session Hour (D) Session Minutes (D) Session MM (D) Session Quarter (D) Session Start (D) Session Week (D) Session YYYY (D) Session YYYY-MM (D) Session YYYY-MM-DD (D)
System information universe
126
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Site log info class
This class provides you with process logging. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Cluster ID (D) Cluster Name (D) Log Host (D) Log ID (D) Log Info (D) Log Level (D) Log Module (D) Log PID (D) Log Time (D)
NOTE
Returns Internal ID of the cluster in which the site log occurs. Name of the cluster in which the site log occurs. The host a user is logged onto. ID of the log file. Information on the log file. Level of the log file. The log module. The log Personal Identifier. Time of the log creation.
When you migrate from a previous version of BusinessObjects to BusinessObjects 6.1 the object Cluster ID=0, and Cluster Name='WebIntelligence 2.x Cluster' are not in the audit database. They are generated into virtual views as null values shown as 0 in the 'Cluster ID' objects. This also applies to Cluster Name objects set to 'WebIntelligence 2.x Cluster'.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
127
System information incompatibilities
The following table lists the objects in the System Information universe that are known to be incompatible. This object... Number of Log Offs Number of Sessions Number of Sessions Number of Sessions Avg Users per Month Avg Users per Month Avg Actions per Month Avg Actions per Month Avg Actions per Month Avg Actions per Month Avg Actions per Month Avg Actions per Month Avg Actions per Month Avg Actions per Month in Class... Action Measures Action Measures Action Measures Action Measures Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages is incompatible in Classes with this object... All objects Avg Document Size Avg Rows Retrieved All objects Action Measures, Averages, Action Time Averages Averages Session Measures
Avg Users per Day Averages Avg Users per Hour Avg Actions per Day Avg Actions per Hour Number of Sessions Number of Session Users Session Duration (sec) Session Duration (min) Avg Session Duration (sec) Avg Session Duration (min) Averages Averages Averages Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures
System information universe
128
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
This object... Avg Actions per Day Avg Actions per Day Avg Actions per Day Avg Actions per Day Avg Actions per Day Avg Actions per Day Avg Actions per Hour Avg Actions per Hour Avg Actions per Hour Avg Actions per Hour Avg Actions per Hour Avg Actions per Hour
in Class... Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages
is incompatible in Classes with this object... Number of Sessions Number of Session Users Session Duration (sec) Session Duration (min) Avg Session Duration (sec) Avg Session Duration (min) Number of Sessions Number of Session Users Session Duration (sec) Session Duration (min) Avg Session Duration (sec) Avg Session Duration (min) Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures
Universes, Classes and Objects
Using Auditor
part
Using Predefined Indicators
chapter
132
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Overview
This chapter provides a detailed review of the predefined indicators. The content is divided into two parts: • an alphabetical list of all indicators • a detailed description of the indicators, divided into analytical categories. Each category has a number of subcategories, which further organize indicators for ease of access. Indicators access full-client (*.rep) documents.
Why are predefined indicators important?
Auditor uses predefined indicators to give you access to the information you need in order to monitor, analyze, and optimize your Business Objects deployment. These indicators are delivered as part of the Auditor package. Each indicator contains one or more reports that focus on a very specific area of analysis; for example, the Average Refresh Time indicator, which shows the average refresh time (in seconds) for all documents, broken down by document name, user, document type, and node. Predefined indicators are your key to information such as: • the users accessing and utilizing your system • the most popular reports and universes • the number of reports that are impacted by changing an object For monitoring and analysis that is even more finely tuned to your particular system, you can create your own indicators.
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
133
Predefined indicators available with Auditor
The following table lists all the predefined indicators provided with Auditor. Indicator 10 Least Read Documents 10 Least Exported Documents 10 Most Read Documents 10 Most Exported Documents Average Number of Users Concurrently Logged in Average Refresh Time Average Session Duration per Cluster Average Session Duration per User Average Session Duration Broadcast Agents on the System Cluster Nodes Deactivated Users Document Information Summary Document Usage Documents Never Read Impact Analysis IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters Category Document Management Document Management Document Management Document Management System Information Document Management System Information System Information System Information Broadcast Agent System Information User Information Document Management Subcategory Top 10 & Bottom 10 Top 10 & Bottom 10 Top 10 & Bottom 10 Top 10 & Bottom 10 Traffic Usage Traffic Traffic Traffic Global Console Usage Security Analysis Analysis Analysis Usage Analysis Impact Analysis Security
Document Information Detail Document Management
Document Size in Repository Document Management Document Management Document Management Universe Management System Information
Predefined indicators available with Auditor
134
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Indicator Job Success Rate Job Summary Jobs per BCA Jobs per Frequency Jobs per User Joins per Universe Last Login for User Most Active Users Most Popular Actions Most Popular Actions per Document Most Popular Universes Number of Objects per Universe Number of Users in the Repository Number of User Sessions Objects Accessed Objects Used in Documents Peak Usage Refresh and Edit Activity Total Users Concurrently Logged in by Day Types of Browsers in Use Universe Information Detail Universe Information Summary Universe Usage User Activity
Category Broadcast Agent Broadcast Agent Broadcast Agent Broadcast Agent Broadcast Agent Universe Management User Information User Information User Information Document Management Universe Management Universe Management User Information User Information Universe Management Document Management System Information User Information System Information System Information Universe Management Universe Management Universe Management User Information
Subcategory Job Information Job Information Job Information Job Information Job Information Properties Activity Top 10 & Bottom 10 Activity Analysis Usage Properties Activity Activity Usage Analysis Usage Activity Traffic Usage Properties Properties Usage Activity
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
135
Indicator User Activity per Session User Information Detail User Information Summary User Profiles in the Repository Users Who Logged Off Incorrectly
Category User Information User Information User Information User Information User Information
Subcategory Activity Security Security Security Activity
Predefined indicators available with Auditor
136
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
User Information category
The User Information category provides analysis of user activity, enabling you to monitor resource usage and examine security-related details. For example, you can track session duration, or view a detailed breakdown of user actions per time period. The User Information predefined indicators are divided into the following subcategories: • activity • security • top 10 & bottom 10 Business Questions The category start page contains several preset business questions, taking you straight to the relevant indicator. The following table shows the questions and the indicators they open in the User Information category. This business question... What is the total number of users? What are my user profiles? Whose passwords have been deactivated? What are the most popular actions? Who does not log out correctly? When was the last time users logged in? Opens this indicator Number of Users in the Repository User Profiles in the Repository Deactivated Users Most Popular Actions Users Who Logged Off Incorrectly Last Login for User
What is my user activity by month, week, day? User Activity
Are my users editing reports or only refreshing Refresh and Edit Activity them?
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
137
Activity
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Activity subcategory within the User Information category. This indicator... Provides... Last Login for User Most Popular Actions Via these reports Last Login for User
Last date and time to the second • that a given user logged in to the system. Quantity of the most popular actions during a given time period. • • • • •
Most Popular Actions per Year Most Popular Actions per Quarter Most Popular Actions per Month Most Popular Actions per Week Most Popular Actions per Day Number of Users in the Repository Number of Instances per User Active and Inactive Users
Number of Users Number of users in the • in the Repository repository, along with the following information about • them: • how many have logged in at • least once • how many occurrences for each user • how many users have never logged in Number of User Sessions Total number of user sessions by cluster, year, month, week, and day. • • •
Number of Sessions Per Month Number of Sessions Per Week Number of Sessions Per Day
User Information category
138
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
This indicator... Provides...
Via these reports Refresh Actions per User
Refresh and Edit Number of edit and refresh • Activity actions per document trace, per cluster and per selected user over the whole period edited in the audit database. User Activity Number of users using the • system, for each month, week, or day within a given time period. • You are prompted for the start and end dates of the time period. •
User Activity per Month User Activity per Week User Activity per Day
User Activity per Analyzes user activity for the Session whole content of the audit database per cluster, session, action and date. Users Who Logged Off Incorrectly
N/A
Of the users who logged in • during a given year: • • total number of users • total number of logins • number of log off actions • number of users who logged off incorrectly • percentage of users who logged off incorrectly • breakdown of above information by user
Statistics Users Who Logged Off Incorrectly
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
139
Security
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Security subcategory within the User Information category. This indicator... Deactivated Users Provides... List of deactivated users and their profiles. Via these reports • • • • • Deactivated Users Disabled Logins Users Not Active in Last 30 Days User Instance Status User Instance Security Commands
User Information Detail
List of users and the groups to which they belong. For each separate membership instance, the following are shown: • user profile • user status • failed logins • user level • identification strategy The security commands for a given user are classified by command sets.
User Information Summary
Users in each user group. For each user, the following are shown: • user name • user profile • status of the total number of users in the repository, the percentage in each profile a list of deactivated users total number and names of users for each profile
Users and Groups
User Profiles in • the Repository • •
• • •
User Profiles Deactivated Users User Names per Profile
User Information category
140
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Top 10 & Bottom 10
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Top 10 & Bottom 10 subcategory within the User Information category. This indicator... Most Active Users Provides... Number of logins and refreshes for each of the top ten users. Via these reports • • Top 10 Users by Number of Logins Top 10 Users by Number of Refresh Actions
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
141
Document Management category
The Document Management category provides analysis of document use, as well as information about the documents themselves. For example, you can monitor the most popular and least popular documents, or find out which documents have never been read. Document Management is divided into the following subcategories: • analysis • top 10 & bottom 10 • usage Business questions The category start page contains several preset business questions, taking you straight to the relevant indicator. The following table shows the questions and the indicators they open in the Document Management category. This business question... What are my 10 most popular documents? What are my 10 least popular documents? Which documents have never been opened? What is my average document size? How many objects are in each document? Opens this indicator 10 Most Read Documents 10 Least Read Documents Documents Never Read Document Size in Repository Objects Used in Documents
How many users have unread reports in their Documents Never Read inbox? What are the 10 most frequently exported documents? 10 Most Exported Documents
What is the average time needed for reports to Average Refresh Time refresh?
Document Management category
142
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Analysis
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Analysis subcategory within the Document Management category. This Provides... indicator... Document • Information Detail • • • Via these reports Document Information Document Usage Batch Usage
total number of documents past and • present in the repository alphabetical list of documents and their • types. actions performed on a given document, • classified by type of action. batch jobs performed per document. Overall number (and percentage) of successes and failures for each Broadcast Agent is shown.
Document For each document domain: • Information • total size in KB of all documents, by type Summary • number and percentage of documents for • each document type • list of analytical categories, showing for each category the creator, total size in KB and number of all documents, and the percentage of documents in each type • document name, type, ID, and size • percentage and total size in KB of documents held by each user For each document owner: • total number and size of documents • a list of documents classified by type, showing document name, domain, creation date, and size in KB
Document Domain Top 10 Document Owners
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
143
This Provides... indicator... Documents List of documents for which there are no Never Read events “read corporate document” or “read inbox document” in the audit database.
Via these reports • Documents Never Read in Corporate Documents Never Read in User Inbox Document Size in Corporate Document Size in User Inbox
•
Document Size in Repository Most Popular Actions per Document
total space used by all: • inbox documents • corporate documents Most popular actions taken for a given document by: • user • session • action name • date
• •
N/A
Objects • Used in Documents •
•
average number of objects for each type • of document list of objects contained in each document, with the total number of objects 20 most and least frequently used objects • for each type of document. Objects are listed in order of rank •
•
Average Number of Objects per Document Type Objects Used per Document 20 Most Used Objects per Document Type 20 Least Used Objects per Document Type
Document Management category
144
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Top 10 & Bottom 10
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Top 10 & Bottom 10 subcategory within the Document Management category. This indicator... 10 Least Exported Documents Provides... Via these reports 10 Least converted to CSV 10 Least Sent to Users 10 Least Downloaded 10 Least Read 10 Least Refreshed 10 Least Edited
List of documents for which there are • the least number of respective events: • • download documents • send to users • • get a CSV document
• 10 Least Read Number of times: Documents • the 10 least read documents were • read • the 10 least refreshed documents • were refreshed • the 10 least edited documents were edited 10 Most Exported Documents List of documents for which there are • the most respective events: • • download documents • send to users • • get a CSV document Number of times: • • the 10 most read documents were • read • • the 10 most refreshed documents were refreshed • the 10 most edited documents were edited
10 Most Converted to CVS 10 Most Sent to Users 10 Most Downloaded 10 Most Read 10 Most Refreshed 10 Most Edited
10 Most Read Documents
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
145
Usage
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Usage subcategory within the Document Management category. This indicator... Average Refresh Time Provides... The average refresh time per document, user, or cluster over the whole period covered in the audit database. Via these reports • • • Document Usage Lists: • the repository documents for which there are no events in the audit database • the documents for which events were audited but that are no longer referenced in the repository • the most accessed documents • the least accessed documents • audit actions distribution for each document • • • • • Average Refresh Time per Document Average Refresh Time per User Average Refresh Time per Cluster Documents Never Accessed Documents Deleted from Repository Most Accessed Documents Least Accessed Documents Document Usage
Document Management category
146
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Universe Management category
The Universe Management category provides detailed analysis of universe structures, such as tables, joins, classes, and objects. This information enables you to analyze the potential impact of: • database schema modifications on universes • universe modifications on your Business Intelligence system In addition, universe and object hit information allows you to bill extranet users according to the repositories and objects they access. Universe Management is divided into the following subcategories: • impact analysis • properties • usage Business questions The category start page contains several preset business questions, taking you straight to the relevant indicator. The following table shows the questions and the indicators they open in the Universe Management category. This business question... How many universes do I have? How many documents do I have in each universe? Which documents (already in use) are impacted if I modify an object? Which joins are used in my universes? Which connections are my universes using? Which are the most popular universes? Opens this indicator Universe Information Summary Impact Analysis Impact Analysis Joins by Universe Universe Information Summary Most Popular Universes
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
147
Impact analysis
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Impact Analysis subcategory within the Universe Management category. This Provides... indicator... Impact Analysis • • • number of documents in each universe number of objects in each document list of all the objects used in each document Via these reports • • • Number of Documents per Universe Number of Objects per Document Objects Used in Documents
Universe Management category
148
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Properties
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Properties subcategory within the Universe Management category. This indicator... Joins per Universe Provides... Joins for the currently selected universe. Via these reports
Joins by A join is a relational operation causing two Universe or more tables with a common domain to be combined into a single table. For each join: • join ID • associated tables • join SQL string
Number of Objects per Universe
Number of objects in each universe. Filters are available for: • universe • class • object Prompt on the universe name.
• •
Universe Classes Universe Objects
Universe Information Detail
• • • • •
Universe Tables Classes and Objects Conditions Contexts Hierarchies
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
149
This indicator... Universe Information Summary
Provides... •
Via these reports Universe Summary Universe Usage
• •
• number of universes in the current domain, and in all the domains in the repository. • For each universe: - domain - number of revisions - status (enabled/disabled) - time of last update - description - whether there is a filter - row restrictions - table mapping - connection name, database, and type - last action date and type - file name - creation date - first and last authors - maximum number of lines and columns - maximum query time (in seconds) number of times each universe was accessed, per quarter. for each universe, a list of documents classified by document domain. For each document: - Document name and type - Document category and size (in KB) - Creation date
Universe Management category
150
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Usage
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Usage subcategory within the Universe Management category. This Provides... indicator... Most Popular Universes Via these reports Most Popular Universes per Month Most Popular Universes per Week Objects Accessed per Month Objects Accessed per Day Universes Never Accessed Universes Deleted from Repository Universe Usage
Number of actions for each universe, by • month or week, during a given year. Universes are listed in order of rank. • List of all objects used in the universe • showing: • the documents they appeared in • • the number of times the object was accessed Universe usage since a chosen date. • • •
Objects Accessed
Universe Usage
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
151
Broadcast Agent category
The Broadcast Agent category provides an overview of how Broadcast Agent is used, including job scheduling, success rate, and sender/receiver details. The Broadcast Agent category in Auditor is divided into the following subcategories: • global console • job information Business questions The category start page contains several preset business questions, taking you straight to the relevant indicator. The following table shows the questions and the indicators they open in the Broadcast Agent category. This business question... How many Broadcast Agents do I have? How many tasks are pending on BCA? What is the success rate of Broadcast Agent jobs? Opens this indicator Broadcast Agents on the System Job Summary Job Summary
How many tasks were processed by BCA? Jobs per BCA
Global console
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Global Console subcategory within the Broadcast Agent category. This indicator... Provides... Broadcast Agents on the System Via these reports Broadcast Agents and Cluster Node Locations Broadcast Agents and Duration of Jobs (sec)
Correspondence between • Broadcast Agents and cluster nodes, along with the duration • of jobs per Broadcast Agent.
Broadcast Agent category
152
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Job information
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Job Information subcategory within the Broadcast Agent category. This indicator... Provides... Job Success Rate Analysis per error code, job frequency, document, and current connection of the universe on which the document is based. Via these reports • • • • Failure Distribution Failure per BCA Error Failure per Frequency Failure per Document Jobs per Status Pending Jobs Successful Jobs Failed Jobs Jobs per Broadcast Agent – Summary Jobs per Broadcast Agent Jobs per Node Location
Job Summary
Job status per Broadcast Agent. • • • • Job status per Broadcast Agent. • For each job, these details are • shown: • user name • • job description • job platform • priority • frequency • begin time • job status (success or failed)
Jobs per BCA
Jobs per User
Breakdown of Broadcast Agent jobs according to user.
• • • •
Jobs per User – Summary Jobs per User Job Duration per User (sec) Job Failure per User Frequency Distribution Frequency Detail
Jobs per Frequency
Analysis of Broadcast Agent jobs by frequency.
• •
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
153
System Information category
The System Information category provides analysis of trends in BusinessObjects usage. For example, you can check the number of connected users, average session duration, or the number of rows retrieved. This category is also useful for the detection of fraud. The System Information indicators are divided into the following subcategories: • security • traffic • usage Business questions The category start page contains several preset business questions, taking you straight to the relevant indicator. The following table shows the questions and the indicators they open in the System Information category. This business question... Which types of browser are being used? How many servers do I have? How many users are on my system? Who uses my system the most? Which IP addresses are being used to access my BI server solution and how often? How many users are accessing my system daily and when is the most popular time? Opens this indicator Types of Browsers in Use Cluster Nodes Average Number of Users Concurrently Logged In Refresh and Edit Activity IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters Average Number of Users Concurrently Logged In
What is the average session duration? Average Session Duration per User
System Information category
154
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Security
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Security subcategory within the System Information category. This indicator... IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters Provides... Via these reports IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters per Year IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters per Month
During a given time period: • • list of the IP addresses accessing the clusters, with the total number of addresses • number of actions performed • on each IP address
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
155
Traffic
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Traffic subcategory within the System Information category. This indicator... Average Session Duration per Cluster Provides... Via these reports Average Session Duration in Minutes over the Period Average Session Duration in Minutes per Week Average Session Duration in Minutes per Day
For each cluster or host • machine during a given year or set of years, the average • session duration (in minutes) per time period. • The information is aggregated for the selected years in the Average Session Duration in Minutes over the Period report. For each user during a given year, the average session duration (in minutes) per time period. • •
Average Session Duration per User
•
Average Session Duration in Minutes Over the Year Average Session Duration in Minutes per Month per User Average Session Duration in Minutes per Week per User
System Information category
156
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
This indicator... Average Session Duration
Provides... For any selected group of users, the average session duration per user by: • year • quarter • month • week • day • hour
Via these reports N/A
Average Number of Users Concurrently Logged In
• For a given month: • average number of concurrent sessions during each hour • • names and number of users concurrently logged • in during each hour
Average Number of Concurrent Logged In Sessions Users Concurrently Logged In Average Users Concurrently Logged In Total Number of Concurrent Logged In Sessions Users Concurrently Logged In
Total Users For a given day: • Concurrently • total number of concurrent Logged In by sessions during each hour Day • names and total number of • users concurrently logged in during each hour
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
157
Usage
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Usage subcategory within the System Information category. This indicator... Provides... Types of • Browsers in Use • Cluster Nodes • Via these reports Types of Browser Number of Logins per Browser
types of browser being used • and the percentage for each • one number of logins for each type of browser for each cluster, the number • of nodes and the number of • active modules for each module, the last known status and the date and time of the last update
Servers in the Cluster Module’s Last Known Status
•
Peak Usage
An aggregate for a set of • selected years and the model of • a "typical day" for logins, • sessions, and number of actions No for a specified time period.
User Login Peaks Session Login Peaks Number of Action Peaks
System Information category
158
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Using Predefined Indicators
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
chapter
160
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Overview
This chapter explains how to create, modify, and publish indicators in Auditor. In Auditor, you can modify a predefined indicator, and then save it under a new name. For monitoring and analysis that is even more finely tuned to your particular system, you can create your own, entirely new indicators.
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
161
Universes, classes, and objects
Knowledge of universes is important for understanding the elements used in creating and modifying indicators. For example, it is the universe that determines the objects that are available for building a new indicator. Auditor is delivered with the following predefined universes that enable you to immediately carry out monitoring and analysis activities. Universe Broadcast Agent Analysis Repository Analysis Universe Domain Analysis System Information File name BCA.unv SECURITY.unv UNIVERSE.unv ACTIVITY.unv
The predefined universes are attached to different domains. These domains are connected to databases during installation, prior to export of the universes. Universe Broadcast Agent Analysis Repository Analysis Universe Domain Analysis System Information Domain Security Security Universe Audit database Database Corporate repository Corporate repository Corporate repository Audit database
Each universe provides an interface for different classes of database objects, permitting compatible objects to be used in building queries using the BusinessObjects Query Panel. The Query Panel is displayed in Auditor following the selection of either: • the Add a New Indicator command • the Edit option for an existing indicator The objects available in the selected universe are listed in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. If you are modifying an existing indicator, one or more universes are already associated with the query. If you are creating a new indicator, you can choose the universe that is associated with the query.
Universes, classes, and objects
162
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Access rights for indicators
The options displayed for a given indicator depend on the user’s access rights in Business Objects. For example, a user can have the right to refresh an indicator but not to modify it. For this action... Creating indicators Modifying indicators Publishing indicators Saving indicators Reading indicators Refreshing indicators Deleting indicators You need these access rights in Business Objects... Create documents Edit documents Edit documents Publish documents Save documents Read corporate documents Run and refresh Do not delete other user’s corporate documents (must be disabled)
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
163
Creating indicators
Before you create an indicator, you must select a universe. To create a new indicator: 1. In the Auditor main window, click the analytical category in which you want to create the new indicator. The Category start page appears. 2. Click Add a New Indicator. The main window of BusinessObjects appears. The New Report wizard also is displayed if the Run this Wizard at Startup option was selected on the first window of the wizard. If the wizard does not appear, open it by selecting File, New. 3. Use the wizard to create a standard BusinessObjects document based on a universe, for example Broadcast Agent Analysis: Security. The BusinessObjects Query Panel appears, displaying the classes and objects available in the universe.
4. Build the indicator query using the universe’s classes and objects. 5. Test the query by clicking Run. The indicator you created is displayed. If you want to preserve the new indicator, you can publish or save it directly from BusinessObjects, without returning to Auditor.
Creating indicators
164
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Publish to Corporate Indicators 1. Save the report to the default directory: \Business Objects\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\UserDocs 2. If you want to assign a subcategory, choose File, Properties, and enter the subcategory name in the Keywords field.
NOTE
The field is case-sensitive. 3. On the File menu, choose Publish To, Corporate Documents. The Send dialog box appears. 4. If the report does not appear in the Documents to send area, click Browse. 5. If you want to change the analytical category, click Categories. 6. If you want to schedule a refresh using Auditor, click Schedule. The Scheduling Options page appears. 7. Set the refresh frequency you want, and then click OK. 8. Click OK. Save to Personal Indicators 1. On the File menu, choose Send To, Personal Documents. The Send Personal Document dialog box appears. 2. Fill in the required information, and then click Save. 3. If you want to change the analytical category, select the category from the Categories list.
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
165
Modifying indicators
You can add or remove objects, change the formatting and layout, or modify the conditions of an existing indicator.
To modify an existing indicator
1. Log in to the Auditor site: http://<hostname>:<portname>/auditor 2. In the Auditor main window, click the category containing the indicator you want to modify. 3. Under the name of the indicator, click the Edit option.
click Edit
The BusinessObjects Query Panel opens and the indicator’s classes and objects are available.
If you want to preserve the new indicator, you can publish or save it directly from BusinessObjects, without returning to Auditor.
Modifying indicators
166
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Publish to Corporate Indicators 1. Save the report to the default directory: \Business Objects\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\UserDocs 2. If you want to assign a subcategory, select File, Properties, and enter the subcategory name in the Keywords field.
NOTE
The field is case-sensitive. 3. On the File menu, choose Publish To, Corporate Documents. The Send dialog box appears. 4. If the report does not appear in the Send Documents area, click Browse. 5. If you want to change the analytical category, click Categories. 6. If you want to schedule a refresh using Auditor, click Schedule. The Scheduling Options page appears. Set the refresh frequency you want, and then click OK. 7. Click OK. Save to Personal Indicators 1. On the File menu, choose Send To, Personal Documents. The Send Personal Document dialog box appears. 2. Fill in the required information, and then click OK. 3. If you want to change the analytical category, select the category from the Categories list.
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
167
Publishing indicators
When you publish an indicator in Auditor, it is saved as a corporate indicator in a document domain in the corporate repository. This allows other users to access the same indicator.
NOTE
When you save an indicator, it is maintained as a personal indicator. The indicator will be available only to you. (See Saving indicators in Auditor on page 170.) The indicator is published in the analytical category and subcategory of your choice. It then appears in the list of indicators, under Corporate, for the selected category and subcategory. This section covers publishing that is performed from the list of indicators in Auditor.
Publishing indicators
168
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
To publish an indicator: 1. In Auditor, in the analytical category, locate the name of the indicator in the list of indicators. 2. Click the arrow next to the name of the indicator to display the available options. 3. Click the Publish option. The Publish page appears. The name of the indicator defaults to the current indicator name.
4. Enter a new name for the indicator (optional). We recommend entering a new, unique name, even if you have edited an existing indicator. This preserves the original set of predefined indicators supplied with Auditor. 5. Select the indicator’s category and subcategory. 6. Select the document domain where you want to publish your indicator. The domains listed are those in which you have both writing and modification rights.
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
169
7. Select the destination user group(s) for which you want to make the indicator available. 8. Click Yes or No for the Overwrite if indicator exists option: - If you select Yes, this indicator replaces any other indicator in the same document domain with the same name. - If you select No, and another indicator exists in the same document domain with the same name, Auditor prompts you to change the name of your indicator. 9. Choose a refresh option: - Refreshed manually The indicator is refreshed only when a user refreshes it manually. - Scheduled Refresh If you want to schedule a refresh using Auditor, choose this option. The Scheduling Options page appears. 10. Set the refresh frequency you want, and then click OK. 11. Click Publish. Auditor publishes the indicator.
Publishing indicators
170
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Saving indicators in Auditor
When you save an indicator, it is maintained as a personal indicator. Personal indicators are stored in a given user’s file in the BusinessObjects installation directory, which by default is: Program Files\Business Objects\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\nodes\ <hostname>\auditorData\Documents\mycluster\Storage\user\<username> They are accessible only by the user or an administrator with rights to access the user’s files.
NOTE
When you publish an indicator in Auditor, it is saved as a corporate indicator to a document domain in the corporate repository. This allows other users to access the same indicator. (See Publishing indicators on page 167.) The indicator is saved in the analytical category and subcategory of your choice. It then appears in the list of indicators, under Personal, for the selected category and subcategory. This section covers saving that is performed from the list of indicators in Auditor. The saving of indicators in BusinessObjects has a different procedure; see Creating indicators on page 163. To save an indicator in Auditor: 1. Select an analytical category. 2. Locate the name of the indicator in the list of indicators. 3. Click the arrow next to the name of the indicator to display the available options.
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
171
4. Click the Save option. The Save as Personal Document page appears.
5.
6. 7.
8.
The name of the indicator defaults to the current indicator name, or, if it is a new indicator, to “undefined.” Enter a new name for the indicator (optional). It is best to enter a new, unique name, even if you have refreshed or edited an existing indicator. This preserves the original set of predefined indicators supplied with Auditor. Select the indicator’s category and subcategory. Click Yes or No for the Overwrite if indicator exists option. - If you select Yes, this indicator replaces any other indicator in the same document domain with the same name. - If you select No, and another indicator exists in the same document domain with the same name, Auditor stores your indicator in the document domain with a different indicator ID, and both indicators become available. Click OK. Auditor saves the indicator.
Saving indicators in Auditor
172
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Deleting indicators
If you have the required access rights, you can delete an indicator. To delete an indicator: 1. In the Auditor main window, click the analytical category containing the indicator you want to delete. 2. Under the name of the indicator, click Delete. A confirmation message appears. 3. Click OK.
REMINDER
You can delete any of the predefined indicators if you have been granted the necessary access rights in Supervisor. However, if you delete a predefined indicator by mistake, and have no backup (for example, in your personal documents area), you must reexport the document using Document Exporter. For more information see Exporting predefined indicators on page 49.
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
173
Exercise: Creating a new indicator
In the following procedure, we create an indicator that displays the users who accessed documents on a particular day. To create the indicator: 1. In the Auditor main window, select the User Information category.
2. Click Add a New Indicator. BusinessObjects opens. The New Report wizard also opens if the Run this Wizard at Startup option was selected on the first window of the wizard. If the wizard does not appear, open it by selecting File, New. Using the New Report wizard, select: - Generate a Standard Report - Universe - System Information: Audit universe Click Finish. The BusinessObjects Query Panel appears. Drag the following objects to the Result Objects pane: - Action YYYY-MM-DD (Actions folder, Action Time subfolder) - User Name (Actions folder) - Document Name & Type (Actions folder, Action Details subfolder, Document subfolder) Right-click the Action YYYY-MM-DD object, and point to Apply Simple Condition. From the list of values, select the day for which you want to run the report. Click Run. The new report appears in BusinessObjects. Name the report “Usage for a Day,” and add any formatting changes you want.
3.
4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9.
Exercise: Creating a new indicator
174
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
10. Choose File, Save As, and then save the report as “Usage for a Day.” 11. Choose File, Publish To, Corporate Documents. The Send page appears. 12. Do the following: - Select the user groups to which you want to make the indicator available. - Select the new indicator in the Documents to Send list. - Click Categories, and then select User Information.
13. Click OK. 14. After the confirmation message appears, return to the Auditor main window.
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
175
15. Click the User Information category, and then verify that the newly-published indicator appears under Corporate indicators. If it does not appear, refresh the list.
click the Refresh icon if the newly-published indicator does not appear
16. View and test the new indicator.
Exercise: Creating a new indicator
176
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
chapter
178
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Overview
This chapter focuses on specific applications of Auditor. These applications simulate many of the situations faced by users of the product. For each situation, the discussion includes one or more of the following ways to solve the problem: • use an existing indicator • modify an existing indicator • create a new indicator • select a business question It is assumed that you already know how to use Auditor, as explained in the previous chapters of this guide.
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
179
Business questions
Each category start page contains several preset business questions, taking you straight to the relevant indicator. This helps you to quickly find the information you are looking for. When you click a question, the first report of the associated indicator appears. If there are business questions relevant to the subject being discussed, they are listed at the end of the section. The following table shows all the business questions and the indicators they open. Category User Information Business question What is the total number of users? What are my user profiles? What is my user activity by month, week, day? Whose passwords have been deactivated? Who does not log out correctly? When was the last time users logged in? Indicator Number of Users in the Repository User Profiles in the Repository User Activity Deactivated Users
What are the most popular actions? Most Popular Actions Users Who Logged Off Incorrectly Last Login for User
Are my users editing reports or only Refresh and Edit Activity refreshing them? Document What are my 10 most popular Management documents? What are my 10 least popular documents? 10 Most Read Documents 10 Least Read Documents
Which documents have never been Documents Never Read opened? What is my average document size? Document Size in Repository
180
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Category
Business question How many objects are in each document? How many users have unread reports in their inbox? What are the 10 most frequently exported documents?
Indicator Objects Used in Documents Documents Never Read 10 Most Exported Documents
What is the average time needed for Average Refresh Time reports to refresh? Universe How many universes do I have? Management How many documents do I have in each universe? Which documents (already in use) are impacted if I modify an object? Which joins are used in my universes? Which connections are my universes using? Which are the most popular universes? Broadcast Agent How many Broadcast Agents do I have? Universe Information Summary Impact Analysis Impact Analysis Joins by Universe Universe Information Summary Most Popular Universes Broadcast Agents on the System
How many tasks were processed by Jobs per Broadcast Agent Broadcast Agent? How many tasks are pending on Broadcast Agent? What is the success rate of Broadcast Agent jobs? System Information What is the average session duration? Which types of browser are being used? Job Summary Job Summary Average Session Duration per User Types of Browsers in Use
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
181
Category
Business question How many servers do I have?
Indicator Cluster Nodes
How many users are on my system? Average Number of Users Concurrently Logged In Who uses my system the most? Refresh and Edit Activity Which IP addresses are being used IP Addresses Accessing to access my BI server solution and my Audited Clusters how often? How many users are accessing my Average Number of system daily and when is the most Users Concurrently popular time? Logged In
182
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Creating a business question You can also create your own business questions: 1. Open the file BusinessQuestionsEN.txt, located in the folder in which the Auditor .war files were deployed. For example, for the Tomcat application server, the BusinessQuestionsEN.txt file should be located in: $TOMCATINSTALLDIR\webapps\auditor
2. Find the section for the category in which you want the question to appear. 3. After the last indicator in the list (in the example above Average Number of Users Concurrently Logged In), add the following lines: BQNumber=<number of last BQNumber + 1> BQuestions<number of last question + 1>=<name of new question> IndName<number of last question + 1>=<name of indicator opened by the question> ReportName<number of last question + 1>=<name of report opened by the question> 4. Save and close the BusinessQuestionsEN.txt file.
NOTE
To delete a business question, delete the three lines mentioned in Step 3.
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
183
How do I monitor the use of Business Objects products?
In Auditor, you can use certain objects to determine which Business Objects products and versions are being used. You can use this kind of information for building a profile of your customer base, and for monitoring user preferences. Then, you can better allocate resources to the products that are most heavily used, and more efficiently balance the load on your servers. To monitor the products in use, create a new indicator: 1. In Auditor click the System Information category.
2. Click the Add a New Indicator command. BusinessObjects opens. The New Report wizard also opens if the Run this Wizard at Startup option was selected on the first window of the wizard. If the wizard does not appear, open it by selecting File, New. 3. Using the New Report wizard, select: - Generate a standard report - Universe - System Information: Audit universe 4. Click Finish. The BusinessObjects Query Panel appears.
How do I monitor the use of Business Objects products?
184
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
5. Drag the Action App object (Actions folder) to the Result Objects pane.
6. Click Run.
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
185
The new indicator appears in BusinessObjects.
The indicator displays the products in use. By adding extra dimensions, you can generate more detailed usage statistics.
How do I monitor the use of Business Objects products?
186
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
How do I track Broadcast Agent usage?
Auditor provides a number of predefined indicators associated with Broadcast Agent, including job scheduling and success rate information. For example, you can find out the number of successful jobs, or obtain a list of submitted documents. The following predefined indicators are available: • Broadcast Agents on the System • Jobs per Broadcast Agent • Jobs per User • Job Summary Using this information, you can troubleshoot Broadcast Agent errors, analyze usage patterns, and then use the Administration Console to balance the allocation of system resources accordingly.
Business questions
The following business questions are designed to help you track Broadcast Agent usage. This business question... In this category... Opens this indicator... Broadcast Agents on the System Jobs per Broadcast Agent Job Summary Job Summary
How many Broadcast Agents do Broadcast Agent I have? How many tasks were Broadcast Agent processed by Broadcast Agent? How many tasks are pending on Broadcast Agent Broadcast Agent? What is the success rate of Broadcast Agent jobs? Broadcast Agent
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
187
How do I find out which machines are accessing my system?
Through the use of the predefined indicator IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters in the System Information category, Auditor allows you to view: • IP addresses of successfully logged-in clients • number of logins per IP address during a given reporting period Because the IP address is linked to the client machine rather than to the actual user, this information can be used to monitor the various machines—and the number of users logged in to those machines—within a given reporting period. To find out which machines are being used: 1. In Auditor click the System Information category. 2. Click the IP Addresses Accessing My Audited Clusters indicator. 3. Click the Refresh option under the name of the indicator. A date selection box appears. 4. Enter or browse for the year or years that you want. Hold down the CTRL key, to select multiple years. 5. Click Run Query. Auditor runs the query and displays the following report.
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you find out which machines are being used to access your system. This business question... In this category... Opens this indicator... IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters
Which IP addresses are being System Information used to access my BI server solution and how often?
How do I find out which machines are accessing my system?
188
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Can I detect fraud with Auditor?
Yes, Auditor is an efficient tool for detecting fraud. Because you can use Auditor to monitor both the client IP address and the user login name, you can determine whether two physical users are using the same login name. If you are charging extranet users by login name, this allows you to identify breaches of extranet user contract. One way to do this is to modify the IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters indicator (see previous section) by adding the User Name object to the table. To modify the IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters indicator: 1. In Auditor click the System Information category. 2. Click the Edit option for the IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters indicator. The report appears in BusinessObjects. 3. Open the Query Panel. 4. From the Actions folder, drag the User Name object to the Result Objects pane, and drop it into the last position. 5. Rerun the indicator. In the report detail above, you can see that a single user name is being accessed from different IP addresses.
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you detect fraud. This business question... Whose passwords have been deactivated? In this category... Opens this indicator... User Information Deactivated Users Users Who Logged Off Incorrectly IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters
Who does not log out correctly? User Information Which IP addresses are being used to access my BI server solution and how often? System Information
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
189
How do I monitor login information?
The predefined indicators in the System Information category provide user login information that enables you to leverage optimal performance from your deployment. This includes: • the number of users who are concurrently logged on during the various hours of a particular day, using the Total Users Concurrently Logged in by Day indicator • the average length of time for which users are logged in, using the Average Session Duration indicator
Monitoring the daily number of logged-in users
To see the number of concurrent logged-in users: 1. In Auditor click the System Information category. 2. Click the Refresh option for the Total Users Concurrently Logged in by Day indicator. A date selection box appears. 3. Enter or browse for the day or days that you want. Select multiple days by holding down the CTRL key. 4. With the Total Number of Concurrent Log on Sessions report tab selected, click Run Query.
How do I monitor login information?
190
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Monitoring the average duration of user sessions
The Average Session Duration per User and the Average Session Duration per Cluster indicators enable you to monitor the average length of time that users are logged on to the system. The Average Session Duration per Host indicator provides an additional piece of important information. Each time a user logs on, a WIQT instance is launched. By default, the WIQT stays in memory for one minute after the last user activity. You can set the time-out in the Administration Console. To monitor the average session duration: 1. In Auditor click the System Information category. 2. Select the Traffic subcategory. 3. Click the Refresh option for the Average Session Duration per User indicator. A date selection box appears. 4. Select the year you want. 5. Click Run Query. Verify that the Average Session Duration in Minutes Over the Year report tab is selected. 6. Click the other report tabs to see more detailed information.
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you monitor login information. This business question... In this category... Opens this indicator... Who does not log out correctly? When was the last time users logged in? What is the average session duration? User Information User Information System Information Users Who Logged Off Incorrectly Last Login for Users Average Session Duration per User Average Number of Users Concurrently Logged In
How many users are on my System system? Information
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
191
How do I monitor the load on my server?
Auditor can display user activity; that is, the number of actions performed by users within a specified period. The Peak Usage indicator provides this information. The number of actions performed differs from the number of users logged in. For example, out of the users who are currently logged in, it is possible that no more than 15% of them are simultaneously performing actions. To monitor the number of actions: 1. In Auditor click the System Information category. 2. Select the Usage subcategory. 3. Click the Refresh option for the Peak Usage indicator, then select the year you want. 4. Click the Number of Action Peaks tab. 5. Click Run Query. This shows you the peak usage times per hour over the course of the year.
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you monitor the load on your server. This business question... What are the most popular actions? What is the average time needed for reports to refresh? In this category... Opens this indicator... User Information Document Management Most Popular Actions Average Refresh Time
How do I monitor the load on my server?
192
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
How do I track the most requested documents?
You can monitor the documents that users are downloading most frequently from Business Objects. Because the predefined indicators differentiate between BusinessObjects documents (*.rep), WebIntelligence 2.x documents (*.wqy), WebIntelligence 6.1 documents (*.wid) and third-party documents, you can see a separate summary for each document type.
Most frequently exported documents
To monitor the most frequently exported documents: 1. In Auditor click the Document Management category. 2. Select the Top 10 & Bottom 10 subcategory. 3. Click the Refresh option for the 10 Most Exported Documents indicator. 4. Click the 10 Most Exported report tab.
Most popular documents loaded into a spreadsheet
The 10 Most Converted to Excel report (10 Most Exported Documents indicator) enables you to monitor the 10 CSV (comma-separated value) documents that users exported most frequently, during a given reporting period. Usually, the most common type of CSV format accessed in Auditor is Microsoft Excel. To monitor the most popular CSV documents: 1. In Auditor click the Document Management category. 2. Select the Top 10 & Bottom 10 subcategory. 3. Click the Refresh option for the 10 Most Exported Documents indicator. 4. Verify that the 10 Most Converted to Excel report tab is selected.
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you track the most requested documents. This business question... What are my 10 most popular documents? In this category... Opens this indicator... Document Management 10 Most Read Documents 10 Most Exported Documents
What are the 10 most frequently Document exported documents? Management
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
193
How do I track the least/most popular documents?
You can use the 10 Least Read Documents indicator to find the ten documents (of any type) for which there have been the least number of actions by selected users within a given period. The information is broken down into the following reports: • 10 Least Read • 10 Least Refreshed • 10 Least Edited The 10 Least Read Documents indicator provides you with a simple way of identifying outdated or redundant documents. You can then archive these documents, thereby freeing space and speeding up the user navigation process. Similarly, the 10 Most Read Documents indicator shows the ten documents for which there have been the most number of actions by selected users within a given period. The information is broken down into the following reports: • 10 Most Read • 10 Most Refreshed • 10 Most Edited To track the least read documents: 1. In Auditor click the Document Management category. 2. Select the Top 10 & Bottom 10 subcategory. 3. Click the Refresh option for the 10 Least Read Documents indicators. 4. Verify that the 10 Least Read tab is selected. 5. Click Run Query.
How do I track the least/most popular documents?
194
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you track the least/ most popular documents. This business question... What are my 10 most popular documents? What are my 10 least popular documents? Which documents have never been opened? How many users have unread documents in their inbox? In this category... Opens this indicator... Document Management Document Management Document Management Document Management 10 Most Read Documents 10 Least Read Documents Documents Never Read Documents Never Read 10 Most Exported Documents
What are the 10 most frequently Document exported documents? Management
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
195
How do I monitor universe hits?
The Most Popular Universes indicator enables you to determine which universes have received the most actions. Then, by creating a similar indicator, you can determine which types of action are being generated. To see the most popular universes: 1. In Auditor click the Universe Management category. 2. Select the Usage subcategory. 3. Click the Refresh option for the Most Popular Universes indicator, and then select the year. 4. Make sure the Most Popular Universes by Month report tab is selected. You can now create a separate indicator for individual universes, to show a detailed breakdown of actions. As an example, we will create an indicator to measure activity in a given universe: 1. In Auditor click the Universe Management category. 2. Click the Add a New Indicator command. The main window of BusinessObjects appears. The New Report wizard also is displayed, if the Run this Wizard at Startup option was selected on the first window of the wizard. If the wizard does not appear, open it by selecting File, New. 3. Using the New Report wizard, select: - Generate a Standard Report - Universe - System Information universe 4. Click Finish. The BusinessObjects Query Panel appears.
How do I monitor universe hits?
196
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
5. Drag the following objects to the Result Objects pane: - Universe Name (Action Details subfolder). Create a condition to be equal to a universe that you want to monitor. - Action YYYY-MM (Action Time folder). Create a prompt for month. - Action Name (Actions folder) - Document Name & Type (Action Details subfolder) - Number of Actions (a measure from the Action Measures folder). - Repository Name (Action Details subfolder). Create a condition to be equal to the constant <name of your domain>. 6. Save and close the Query Panel. 7. In the Slice and Dice Panel, bring the Universe Name and Action YYYY-MM objects into the Section frame. 8. Run the indicator. 9. Give the indicator a name, such as “Repository Action Analysis.” 10. Make any formatting changes you want. 11. Publish the new indicator. 12. Make note of where you publish it because you will need to use it in the next example.
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you monitor universe hits. This business question... Which are the most popular universes? In this category... Opens this indicator... Universe Management Most Popular Universes
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
197
How do I use Auditor for billing?
You can use the indicators in Auditor to help you bill users of your extranet. The types of actions for which you bill depend, of course, on your particular business requirements. However, the universes, objects, and indicators provided by Auditor enable you to set up a wide variety of billing scenarios. For example, you want to charge extranet users $10 per document refresh within the eFashion universe. You can use the indicator in the previous section, Repository Analysis Actions, as a base, section it by user, and limit it to refresh actions only. To create the new report: 1. Access the Repository Action Analysis indicator that you created and published in the previous section. 2. Click the Edit option for the indicator. The indicator appears in BusinessObjects. 3. Open the Query Panel, and then do the following: - Bring in the Action Type object, Actions folder. Create a condition to be equal to the constant “Document Name.” - Bring in the User Name object, Actions folder. - For the Action Name object, already in the Query Panel, create a condition to be equal to the constant “Refresh Document.” 4. Run the indicator. 5. Give the indicator a name, such as “Broadcast Agent Refresh Billing.” 6. Make any formatting changes you want. 7. Publish the indicator under a new name.
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you use Auditor for billing. This business question... In this category... Opens this indicator... Average Number of Users Concurrently Logged In Refresh and Edit Activity
How many users are accessing System my system daily and when is the Information most popular time? Who uses my system the most? System Information
How do I use Auditor for billing?
198
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
How do I perform impact analysis?
The following predefined indicators help you determine the impact of changes made to your data model: • impact Analysis • number of Objects per Document • objects Used in Documents This information enables you to efficiently plan modifications and avoid lengthy investigations into system malfunctions. Examples of these modifications are changing an object name or deleting a universe.
NOTE
Only documents that have already been used appear in these reports. To access the Impact Analysis group of reports: 1. In Auditor click the Universe Management category. 2. Click the Refresh option for the Impact Analysis indicator.
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you perform impact analysis. This business question... How many objects are in each document? In this category... Opens this indicator... Document Management Objects Used in Documents Impact Analysis Impact Analysis
How many documents do I have Universe in each universe? Management Universe Which documents (already in use) are impacted if I modify an Management object?
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
199
Index
Symbols
10 least accessed documents 144 10 least exported documents 144 10 least read documents 193 10 most accessed documents 144 10 most exported documents 144, 192 10 most read documents 193 action name object 109 action quarter (with label) object 122 action quarter object 120 action seconds (with label) object 122 action seconds object 120 action time frame (with label) subclass 122 action time object 109 action time subclass 120-121 incompatibilities 127 action type detail (with label) object 109 action type detail object 109 action type object 109 action week (with label) object 122 action week object 120 action year (with label) object 122 action YYYY object 120 action YYYY-MM object 120 action YYYY-MM-DD HHMISS object 120 action YYYY-MM-DD object 120 actions class 109-122 action details subclass 111-116 action measures subclass 117-118 action time frame (with label) subclass 122 action time subclass 120-121 averages subclass 119 actions subclass 79 actions type object 79 activity subcategory 137 last login for user 137 most popular actions 137 number of user sessions 137 number of users in the repository 137 refresh and edit activity 138 user activity 138 user activity per session 138 users who logged off incorrectly 138 activity.unv 161 administration SDK subclass 112-114
A
access rights for indicators 162 action app id object 109 action app object 109 action day (with label) object 122 action day object 120 action DD/MM (with label) object 122 action details subclass 111-116 administration SDK subclass 112-114 browser information subclass 114 document subclass 115 page information subclass 116 action duration object 117 action error id object 109 action HHMISS object 120 action host object 109 action hour (with label) object 122 action hour am/pm object 120 action hour object 120 action id object 109 action measures subclass 117-118 incompatibilities 127 action minutes (with label) object 122 action minutes object 120 action MM/DD (with label) object 122 action month (with label) object 122 action month name (with label) object 122 action month name object 120 action month object 120 action name id object 109
Index
200
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
advanced subclass 103 incompatibilities 108 alias (y or n) object 105 alias information subclass 105 alias table id object 105 incompatibilities 108 analysis subcategory 142-143 document information detail 142 document information summary 142 document size in repository 143 documents never read 143 objects used in documents 143 analytical categories Broadcast Agent analysis 74 description 20 repository analysis 74 system information universe 74 universe domain analysis 74 assigned user groups 44 audit BCA measures class 88 incompatibilities 89 audit database connecting 44 setting up 32 audit database domain 161 audit facility database mode 22 description 22 file mode 22 audit tab 43 Auditor components 20-21 monitoring multiple clusters 57 removing 59-62 uses 19 Auditor files uninstalling 62 average duration object 86 average number of users concurrently logged in 156 average refresh time 145 average session duration 156 average session duration per cluster 155, 190 average session duration per user 155, 190
averages subclass 119 incompatibilities 127, 128 avg action duration (sec) object 119 avg actions per day object 119 incompatibilities 127 avg actions per hour object 119 incompatibilities 127 avg actions per month object 119 incompatibilities 127 avg document size object 119 incompatibilities 127 avg rows retrieved object 119 incompatibilities 127 avg session duration (hour) object 119 avg session duration (min) object 124 incompatibilities 127 avg session duration (month) object 119 avg session duration (sec) object 124 incompatibilities 127, 128 avg session duration (week) object 119 avg users per day object 119 incompatibilities 127, 128 avg users per hour object 119 incompatibilities 127, 128 avg users per month object 119 incompatibilities 127
B
batch id object 78 batch information class 78-81 actions subclass 79 monitoring job information subclass 81 scheduling information subclass 80 BCA & BO server names object 76 BCA id object 76 BCA information class 76-77 BCA name (label) object 76 BCA name object 76 BCA server name object 77 BCA status object 77 bca.unv 161 begin date object 87 begin date time frame subclass 87 begin time object 80
Index
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
201
billing reports business questions 197 creating 197 BO server name (with label) object 77 BO server name object 77 BO version of the submitter object 84 Broadcast Agent tracking usage 186 Broadcast Agent analysis analytical categories 74 audit BCA measures class 88 batch information class 78-81 BCA information class 76-77 bca.unv 161 document information class 82-83 domain 75 incompatibilities 89 predefined universes 75 recipient information class 85 submitter information class 84 time frame class 86-87 universe 76-89 Broadcast Agent analysis universe 161 Broadcast Agent category 151-152 business questions 151, 186 global console subcategory 151 job information subcategory 152 Broadcast Agent usage business questions 186 Broadcast Agents on the system 151 browser information subclass 114 browser type object 114 Business Objects consulting services 11, 13 documentation 10 Documentation Supply Store 9 monitoring use of products 183-185 support services 11 training services 11, 13 business questions all 179-181 Broadcast Agent category 151, 186 Broadcast Agent usage 186 creating 182 creating reports for billing 197
detecting fraud 188 document management category 141 impact analysis 198 information category 136 least/most popular documents 194 monitoring login information 190 monitoring machine access 187 monitoring server load 191 monitoring universe usage 196 monitoring user activity 191 most requested documents 192 system information category 153 universe management category 146 BusinessObjects functionality object 92 BusinessQuery functionality object 92
C
category Broadcast Agent 151-152 description 20 document management 141-143 system information 153-157 universe management 146-150 user information 136-140 category creator object 82, 93 category name object 82, 93 category path object 82, 93 change list display and default home page command set 67 change password command set 67 change viewing and editing technology options command set 67 class actions 109-122 audit BCA measures 88, 89 batch information 78-81 BCA information 76-77 class details 102, 108 condition details 104, 108 connection 99, 100 contexts 106, 108 document information 82-83 documents 93-96, 100 hierarchies 107, 108 joins 106, 108
Index
202
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
object details 103, 108 recipient information 85 session analysis (actions) 123-125 site log info 126 submitter information 84 time frame 86-87 universe 98, 100 universe parameters 101-102 universe tables 105, 108 user 90-92 class description object 102 incompatibilities 108 class details class 102 incompatibilities 108 class hidden object 102 class id object 102 class name (with label) object 102 class name object 102 client ip object 114 client os object 114 cluster id object 109, 123, 126 cluster monitoring 57 cluster name object 109, 123, 126 cluster nodes 157 command set change list display and default home page 67 change password 67 change viewing and editing technology options 67 create indicators 68 definition 65 edit indicators 68 formatting toolbar 68 refresh lists of values 68 run and refresh documents 69 use list of values 69 view SQL 69 command set family document 66 options 67 query and report panel 68 condition description object 104 condition details class 104 incompatibilities 108 condition hidden object 104
condition id object 104 condition name object 104 incompatibilities 108 condition position object 104 condition table name(s) object 104 condition WHERE clause object 104 connection class 99 incompatibilities 100 connection name object 99 incompatibilities 100 connection RDBMS object 99 incompatibilities 100 connection type object 99 incompatibilities 100 consultants Business Objects 11 context id object 106 incompatibilities 108 context join id object 106 context join sql object 106 context join table 1 name object 106 context join table 2 name object 106 context name object 106 contexts class 106 incompatibilities 108 corporate indicators publishing to 164 count BCA jobs object 88, 89 count job expired object 88, 89 count job failed object 88, 89 count job running object 88 count job success object 88, 89 count job suspended object 88, 89 count job waiting object 88, 89 count object 117 count recipients object 85 create indicators command set 68 creating billing reports 197 business questions 182 database views 48 indicators 163-164 creation date object 101 customer support 11 custom-made universes 75
Index
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
203
D
data object 79 data provider name object 96 data provider source object 96 data providers subclass 96 incompatibilities 100 database mode 22 database views creating manually 48 removing 60 date format 76 days of the month object 80 days of the week object 80 deactivated users 139 deleting indicators 172 universes 59 demo materials 9 Designer functionality object 92 Designer user setting privileges 35 destination universe domain 44 detail objects 73 detecting fraud 188 Developer Suite 10, 12 dimensions 73 distribution path object 85 distribution system object 85 document age (hour) object 93 document age (min) object 93 document age (sec) object 93 document category object 82, 93, 115 document command set publish document 66 read corporate documents 66 save document 66 document creation date object 93 document description object 115 document domain creation date object 95 document domain creator object 95 document domain object 93, 95 document domain subclass 95
Document Exporter accessing in UNIX 49 exporting documents 50-51 removing documents with 61-62 document id object 82, 93, 115 document information class 82-83 document information detail 142 document information summary 142 document management category 141-143 analysis subcategory 142-143 business questions 141 properties subcategory 148-149 top 10 & bottom 10 subcategory 144 usage subcategory 145 document name & type object 82, 94 document name (with label) object 115 document name and type object 115 document name object 82, 93 document persistent object 82, 94 document popularity tracking 192, 194 document repository id object 82 document repository name object 82 document size in repository 143 document size object 82, 94, 117 document subclass 115 document type (picture) object 83, 94 document type object 82, 94, 115, 116 document usage 145 documentation CD 9 feedback on 10 on the web 9 printed, ordering 9 roadmap 9 search 9 Documentation Supply Store 9 documents removing 61-62 tracking least/most popular 193-194 tracking most requested 192
Index
204
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
documents class 93-96 data provider subclass 96 document domain subclass 95 incompatibilities 100 received by subclass 96 universe domain subclass 97 documents never read 143 domains audit database 161 predefined universes 75, 161 security 161 universe 161 duration object 96
fraud detection 188 business questions 188 frequency object 80
G
global console subcategory 151 Broadcast Agents on the system 151 group name (administration) object 112 group name object 77, 90 group recipient name object 85 group submit name (with label) object 84 group submit name object 84
E
edit indicators command set 68 education see training end date object 87 end date time frame subclass 87 end user process id object 78 expiration date object 87 expiration date time frame subclass 87 export tab 44-45 exporting documents 50-51 documents manually 52-56 predefined indicators 49-56 universes 36-47 universes manually 47 using Document Exporter 50-51
H
hidden object object 103 hierarchies class 107 incompatibilities 108 number of objects in hierarchies subclass 107 hierarchy id object 107 hierarchy name (with label) object 107 hierarchy name object 107 hierarchy position in universe object 107
I
identification strategy object 90 impact analysis 147, 198 business questions 198 impact analysis subcategory impact analysis 147 predefined indicators 147 incompatibilities action measures subclass 127 action time subclass 127 advanced subclass 108 alias table id object 108 audit BCA measures class 89 averages subclass 127, 128 avg actions per day object 127 avg actions per hour object 127 avg actions per month object 127 avg document size object 127 avg rows retrieved object 127 avg session duration (min) object 127 avg session duration (sec) object 127, 128
F
failed logins object 90 feedback on documentation 10 file mode 22 file name object 98 incompatibilities 100 filename (with label) object 101 filename object 101 first author object 101 formatting toolbar command set 68
Index
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
205
avg users per day object 127, 128 avg users per hour object 127, 128 avg users per month object 127 Broadcast Agent analysis 89 class description object 108 class details class 108 condition details class 108 condition name object 108 connection class 100 connection name object 100 connection RDBMS object 100 connection type object 100 context id object 108 contexts class 108 data providers subclass 100 documents class 100 file name object 100 hierarchies class 108 joins class 108 last action date object 100 last action type object 100 number of log offs object 127 number of session users object 127, 128 number of sessions object 127, 128 object details class 108 object position object 108 object security access level object 108 repository analysis 100 session duration (min) object 127, 128 session duration (sec) object 127, 128 session measures subclass 127, 128 status object 100 system information universe 127 table name (with label) object 108 table/alias name object 108 universe class 100 universe domain 100 universe domain analysis 108 universe name object 100 universe tables class 108 incompatible table object 103, 104
indicators access rights 162 creating 163-164 deleting 172 description 20 exporting 50-51 list of all 133-135 modifying 165-166 predefined exporting 49-56 exporting manually 52-56 publishing 167-169 publishing to corporate 164 restoring 58 saving 170-171 saving as personal 164 inheritance rights object 90 interface impact document command sets 66 options command sets 67 query panel command sets 68 report panel command sets 68 ip addresses accessing my audited clusters 154, 187, 188
J
job description object 78 job duration max object 86 job duration min object 86 job duration object 86 job error code object 81 job error warning or text object 81 job information subcategory 152 job success rate 152 job summary 152 jobs per BCA 152 jobs per frequency 152 jobs per user 152 job platform object 78 job state object 81 job status object 81 job success rate 152 job summary 152 jobs per BCA 152 jobs per frequency 152
Index
206
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
jobs per user 152 join id object 106 join sql object 106 joins class 106 incompatibilities 108 joins per universe 148
log time object 126 login information business questions 190 monitoring 189-190 login users monitoring daily amount 189
K
keyword object 115 Knowledge Base 12
M
max number of columns object 101 max number of lines object 101 max query time object 101 measures 73 modifying indicators 165-166 monitoring average duration of user sessions 190 daily amount of login users 189 login information 189-190 business questions 190 machine access business questions 187 machines accessing the system 187 multiple clusters 57 server load 191 universe usage 195-196 use of Business Objects projects 183-185 user activity 191 monitoring job information subclass 81 most active users 140 most popular actions 137 most popular actions per document 143 most popular universes 150, 195 multimedia quick tours 10 multiple cluster monitoring 57
L
last action date object connection class 99 document class 94 document domain subclass 95 document information class 83 incompatibilities 100 universe domain subclass 97 user class 90 last action object 83 last action start time object 121 last action type object connection class 99 document class 94 document domain subclass 95 document information class 83 incompatibilities 100 universe domain subclass 97 user class 90 last author object 101 last login for user 137 last modify date object 101 last refresh date object 96 last update time object 98 linked universe id object 101 linked universe name object 101 log files 22 log host object 126 log id object 126 log info object 126 log level object 126 log module object 126 log PID object 126
N
number of action details object 117 number of actions object 117 number of classes object 102 number of conditions object 104 number of contexts object 106 number of documents object 83 number of documents used object 117 number of elements object 111 number of hierarchies object 107 number of joins object 106
Index
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
207
number of linked universes object 101 number of log offs object 117 incompatibilities 127 number of logins object 117 number of object instances object 107 number of objects in hierarchies subclass 107 number of objects object 103, 107 number of objects per universe 148 number of rows object 96, 111 number of rows retrieved object 117 number of session users object 124 incompatibilities 127, 128 number of sessions object 117, 124 incompatibilities 127, 128 number of tables object 105 number of universes object 102 number of user sessions 137 number of users in the repository 137 number of users object 117
original database table name object 105 overwrite mode object 78 overwrite object 115 owner/sender object 94
P
page information subclass 116 page range object 116 parameters for export of universes 44 parent group name (administrator) 112 partial indicator object 96 particular conditions object 79 password can change object 112 password checking object 112 password limited validity object 113 password must change object 113 password object 112 password periodic validity object 113 password status object 113 password validity period object 114 peak usage 157, 191 periodicity detail object 80 periodicity object 80 personal indicators saving as 164 predefined indicators activity subcategory 137 analysis subcategory document management category 142-143 description 20 exporting 49-56 exporting manually 52-56 global console subcategory Broadcast Agent category 151 impact analysis subcategory 147 job information subcategory Broadcast Agent category 152 list of all 133-135 properties subcategory document management category 148-149 restoring 58 security subcategory system information category 154 user information category 139
O
object description object 103 object details class 103 advanced subclass 103 incompatibilities 108 object id object 103 object name (with label) object 103, 111 object name in hierarchy object 107 object name object 103, 111 object position in hierarchy object 107 object position object 103 incompatibilities 108 object properties object 103 object security access level object 103 incompatibilities 108 object security level object 112 object table name(s) object 103 object type object 103 objects assessed 150 objects filter object 98 objects used in documents 143 Online Customer Support 11 options command set family 67
Index
208
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
top 10 & bottom 10 user information category 140 top 10 & bottom 10 subcategory document management category 144 traffic subcategory system information category 155-156 usage subcategory document management category 145 system information category 157 universe management category 150 predefined universes 75, 161 activity.unv 161 bca.unv 161 description 21 domains 75, 161 security.unv 161 universe.unv 161 priority (picture) object 78 priority object 78 privileges for Auditor-dedicated Designer user 35 profile name object 114 properties subcategory 148-149 joins per universe 148 number of objects per universe 148 universe information detail 148 universe information summary 149 publish document command set 66 publishing indicators 167-169 to corporate indicators 164
refresh lists of values command set 68 refresh options object 115 removing Auditor 59-62 database views 60 documents 61-62 report bursting feature object 79 report name object 116 reports for billing purposes 197 repository action analysis 197 repository analysis analytical categories 74 connection class 99 documents class 93-96 domain 75 incompatibilities 100 predefined universes 75 security.unv 161 universe 90-100 universe class 98 user class 90-92 repository analysis universe 161 repository name object 111 resource object 90 resource status object 91 restoring predefined indicators 58 row restriction object 98 run and refresh documents command set 69
S
save document command set 66 saving as personal indicators 164 indicators 170-171 scheduling information subclass 80 script options object 79 search documentation 9 security commands subclass 92 security configuration object 92 security domain 161 security domain connection 44 security family object 92 security functionality object 92 security status object 92
Q
query and report panel command set family 68
R
read corporate documents command set 66 received by subclass 96 recipient function object 96 recipient information class 85 recipient name (with label) object 96 recipient name object 85, 96 recipient status object 85 recipient user type object 85 refresh and edit activity 138
Index
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
209
security subcategory deactivated users 139 ip addresses accessing my audited clusters 154 system information category 154 user information category 139 user information detail 139 user information summary 139 user profiles in the repository 139 security tab 41 security.unv 161 SELECT clause object 103 server load monitoring 191 business questions 191 sesn host (user ip) object 123 sesn user (no ’unknown’ users) object 123 sesn user object 123 session analysis (no actions) class 123-125 session measures subclass 124 session time subclass 125 session day object 125 session duration (1 min intervals) object 125 session duration (5 min intervals) object 125 session duration (hour) object 118 session duration (min) object 118, 124 incompatibilities 127, 128 session duration (sec) object 124 incompatibilities 127, 128 session end time object 121, 123 session hour object 125 session id object 110, 123 session measures subclass 124 incompatibilities 127, 128 session minutes object 125 session MM object 125 session quarter object 125 session start object 125 session start time object 121, 123 session time subclass 125 session week object 125 session YYYY object 125 session YYYY-MM object 125 session YYYY-MM-DD object 125
setting up audit database 32 privileges for Auditor-dedicated Designer user 35 site log info class 126 sql file database scripts location 48 names 48 SQL value object 111 start date object 86 start date time frame subclass 86 status object 94, 98 incompatibilities 100 submit date time frame subclass 86 submit datetime object 86 submit name & user profile (label) object 84 submit name & user profile object 84 submitter information class 84 sum document size object 118 supervisor functionality object 92 support customer 11 system information category 153-157 business questions 153 security subcategory 154 traffic subcategory 155-156 usage subcategory 157 system information universe 109-128, 161 actions class 109-122 activity.unv 161 analytical categories 74 domain 75 incompatibilities 127 predefined universes 75 session analysis (actions) class 123-125 site log info class 126 system monitoring 187
T
table 1 name object 106 table 2 name object 106 table id object 105 table mapping object 98 table name (with label) object 105 incompatibilities 108
Index
210
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
table/alias name object 105 incompatibilities 108 table/alias properties object 105 time format 76 time frame class 86-87 begin date time frame subclass 87 end date time frame subclass 87 expiration date time frame subclass 87 start date time frame subclass 86 submit date time frame subclass 86 Tips & Tricks 10 top 10 & bottom 10 subcategory 10 least accessed documents 144 10 least exported documents 144 10 most accessed documents 144 10 most exported documents 144 document management category 144 most active users 140 user information category 140 total size of elements in list object 111 total users concurrently logged in by day 156, 189 tracking least/most popular documents 194 most requested documents 192 the least/most popular documents 193-194 use of Broadcast Agent 186 traffic subcategory 155-156 average number of users concurrently logged in 156 average session duration 156 average session duration per cluster 155 average session duration per user 155 total users concurrently logged in by day 156 training on Business Objects products 11 types of browsers in use 157
U
uninstalling Auditor files 62 universe class 98 incompatibilities 100 universe description object 98 universe domain 161 incompatibilities 100
universe domain analysis analytical categories 74 domain 75 incompatibilities 108 predefined universes 75 universe 101-108 universe.unv 161 universe domain analysis universe 161 class details class 102 condition details class 104 contexts class 106 hierarchies class 107 joins class 106 object details class 103 universe parameters class 101-102 universe tables class 105 universe domain connection 44 universe domain creation date object 97 universe domain creator object 97 universe domain object 97, 98 universe domain subclass 97 Universe Exporter audit tab 43 export tab 44-45 removing database views 60 security tab 41 tabs 37 universe tab 42 using 36-45 universe help text object 102 universe id object 98, 102 universe information detail 148 universe information summary 149 universe management category 146-150 business questions 146 impact analysis subcategory 147 usage subcategory 150 universe name (with id) object 102 universe name (with label) object 102, 111 universe name object 98, 102, 111 incompatibilities 100 universe parameters class 101-102 universe revision object 98 universe tab 42
Index
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
211
universe tables class 105 alias information subclass 105 incompatibilities 108 universe usage 150 business questions 196 universe.unv 161 universes analytical categories 74 Broadcast Agent analysis 76-89 incompatibilities 89 custom-made 75 deleting 59 description 21 exporting 36-47 suggested connections 47 exporting manually 47 monitoring usage 195-196 predefined 75, 161 domains 75 repository analysis 90-100 incompatibilities 100 structure 73 system information 109-128 incompatibilities 127 universe domain analysis 101-108 incompatibilities 108 usage Broadcast Agent 186 usage subcategory average refresh time 145 cluster nodes 157 document management category 145 document usage 145 most popular actions per document 143 most popular universes 150 objects accessed 150 peak usage 157 system information category 157 types of browsers in use 157 universe management category 150 universe usage 150 use list of values command set 69 user activity 138 monitoring 191 business questions 191
user activity per session 138 user class 90-92 security commands subclass 92 user group (with label) object 91 user group object 91 user information category 136-140 activity subcategory 137 business questions 136 security subcategory 139 top 10 & bottom 10 140 user information detail 139 user information summary 139 user level object 91 user name (administration) object 114 user name (target) option 115 user name (with label) object 91, 110 user name object 91, 110 user profile object 91 user profiles in the repository 139 user sessions monitoring average duration 190 user status (picture) object 91 user status object 91 user submit name object 84 user submit type object 84 users who logged off incorrectly 138 Using 131
V
version object 102 view SQL command set 69
W
web customer support 11 getting documentation via 9 useful addresses 12 WebIntelligence functionality object 92 WHERE clause object 103
Index
212
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Index
BusinessObjects Auditor 6.1 Windows and UNIX
2
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Copyright
No part of the computer software or this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from Business Objects S.A. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. If you find any problems with this documentation, please report them to Business Objects S.A. in writing at [email protected]. Business Objects S.A. does not warrant that this document is error free. Copyright © Business Objects S.A. 2003. All rights reserved. Printed in France.
Trademarks
The Business Objects logo, WebIntelligence, BusinessQuery, the Business Objects tagline, BusinessObjects, BusinessObjects Broadcast Agent, Rapid Mart, Set Analyzer, Personal Trainer, and Rapid Deployment Template are trademarks or registered trademarks of Business Objects S.A. in the United States and/or other countries. Contains IBM Runtime Environment for AIX(R), Java(TM) 2 Technology Edition Runtime Modules (c) Copyright IBM Corporation 1999, 2000. All Rights Reserved. This product includes code licensed from RSA Security, Inc. Some portions licensed from IBM are available at http://oss.software.ibm.com/icu4j. All other company, product, or brand names mentioned herein, may be the trademarks of their respective owners.
Use restrictions
This software and documentation is commercial computer software under Federal Acquisition regulations, and is provided only under the Restricted Rights of the Federal Acquisition Regulations applicable to commercial computer software provided at private expense. The use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions set forth in subdivision (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.2277013. U.S. Patent Numbers 5,555,403, 6,247,008, and 6,578,027. 397-50-610-01
Patents Part Number
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
3
Contents
Preface Maximizing Your Information Resources 7 Information resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Useful addresses at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 About this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Part I Administering Auditor Chapter 1 Introducing BusinessObjects Auditor 17
What you can do with Auditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Auditor components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 The Audit facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Chapter 2 Setting Up and Removing Auditor 23
Installing Auditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Configuring Auditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Setting privileges for an Auditor-dedicated Designer user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Exporting universes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Exporting predefined indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Monitoring multiple clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Restoring predefined indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Removing Auditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Chapter 3 Setting Access Rights 63
Access rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Contents
4
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Chapter 4
Universes, Classes and Objects
71
Universe structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Universes and analytical categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Predefined vs. custom-made universes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Broadcast Agent analysis universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Repository analysis universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Universe domain analysis universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 System information universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Part II Using Auditor Chapter 5 Using Predefined Indicators 131
Predefined indicators available with Auditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 User Information category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Document Management category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Universe Management category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Broadcast Agent category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 System Information category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Chapter 6 Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators 159
Universes, classes, and objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Access rights for indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Creating indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Modifying indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Publishing indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Saving indicators in Auditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Deleting indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Exercise: Creating a new indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Contents
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
5
Chapter 7
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
177
How do I monitor the use of Business Objects products? . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 How do I track Broadcast Agent usage? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 How do I find out which machines are accessing my system? . . . . . . . . . 187 Can I detect fraud with Auditor? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 How do I monitor login information? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 How do I monitor the load on my server? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 How do I track the most requested documents? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 How do I track the least/most popular documents? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 How do I monitor universe hits? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 How do I use AUDITOR for billing? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 How do I perform impact analysis? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Index 199
Contents
6
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Contents
Maximizing Your Information Resources
preface
8
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Overview
Information, services, and solutions
The Business Objects business intelligence solution is supported by thousands of pages of documentation, available from the products, on the Internet, on CD, and by extensive online help systems and multimedia. Packed with in-depth technical information, business examples, and advice on troubleshooting and best practices, this comprehensive documentation set provides concrete solutions to your business problems. Business Objects also offers a complete range of support and services to help maximize the return on your business intelligence investment. See in the following sections how Business Objects can help you plan for and successfully meet your specific technical support, education, and consulting requirements.
Maximizing Your Information Resources
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
9
Information resources
Whatever your Business Objects profile, we can help you quickly access the documentation and other information you need.
Where do I start?
Below are a few suggested starting points; there is a summary of useful web addresses on page 12. Documentation Roadmap The Documentation Roadmap references all Business Objects guides and multimedia, and lets you see at a glance what information is available, from where, and in what format. View or download the Business Objects Documentation Roadmap at www.businessobjects.com/services/documentation.htm Documentation from the products You can access electronic documentation at any time from the product you are using. Online help, multimedia, and guides in Adobe PDF format are available from the product Help menus. Documentation on the web The full electronic documentation set is available to customers with a valid maintenance agreement on the Online Customer Support (OCS) website at www.businessobjects.com/services/support.htm Buy printed documentation You can order printed documentation through your local sales office, or from the online Business Objects Documentation Supply Store at www.businessobjects.com/services/documentation.htm Search the Documentation CD Search across the entire documentation set on the Business Objects Documentation CD shipped with our products. This CD brings together the full set of documentation, plus tips, tricks, multimedia tutorials, and demo materials. Order the Documentation CD online, from the Business Objects Documentation Supply Store, or from your local sales office.
Information resources
10
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Multimedia Are you new to Business Objects? Are you upgrading from a previous release or expanding, for example, from our desktop to our web solution? Try one of our multimedia quick tours or Getting Started tutorials. All are available via the Online Customer Support (OCS) website or on the Documentation CD.
How can I get the most recent documentation?
You can get our most up-to-date documentation via the web. Regularly check the sites listed below for the latest documentation, samples, and tips. Tips & Tricks Open to everyone, this is a regularly updated source of creative solutions to any number of business questions. You can even contribute by sending us your own tips. www.businessobjects.com/forms/tipsandtricks_login.asp Product documentation We regularly update and expand our documentation and multimedia offerings. With a valid maintenance agreement, you can get the latest documentation – in seven languages – on the Online Customer Support (OCS) website. Developer Suite Online Developer Suite Online provides documentation, samples, and tips to those customers with a valid maintenance agreement and a Developer Suite license via the Online Customer Support (OCS) website.
Send us your feedback
Do you have a suggestion on how we can improve our documentation? Is there something you particularly like or have found useful? Drop us a line, and we will do our best to ensure that your suggestion is included in the next release of our documentation: [email protected]
NOTE
If your issue concerns a Business Objects product and not the documentation, please contact our Customer Support experts. For information about Customer Support visit: www.businessobjects.com/services/support.htm
Maximizing Your Information Resources
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
11
Services
A global network of Business Objects technology experts provides customer support, education, and consulting to ensure maximum business intelligence benefit to your business.
How we can support you?
Business Objects offers customer support plans to best suit the size and requirements of your deployment. We operate three global customer support centers: • Americas: San Jose, California and Atlanta, Georgia • Europe: Maidenhead, United Kingdom • Asia: Tokyo, Japan and Sydney, Australia Online Customer Support Our Customer Support website is open to all direct customers with a current maintenance agreement, and provides the most up-to-date Business Objects product and technical information. You can log, update, and track cases from this site using the Business Objects Knowledge Base.
Having an issue with the product?
Have you exhausted the troubleshooting resources at your disposal and still not found a solution to a specific issue? For support in deploying Business Objects products, contact Worldwide Customer Support at: www.businessobjects.com/services/support.htm
Looking for the best deployment solution for your company?
Business Objects consultants can accompany you from the initial analysis stage to the delivery of your deployment project. Expertise is available in relational and multidimensional databases, in connectivities, database design tools, customized embedding technology, and more. For more information, contact your local sales office, or contact us at: www. businessobjects.com/services/consulting.htm
Looking for training options?
From traditional classroom learning to targeted e-learning seminars, we can offer a training package to suit your learning needs and preferred learning style. Find more information on the Business Objects Education website: www.businessobjects.com/services/education.htm
Services
12
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Useful addresses at a glance
Address
Business Objects Documentation www.businessobjects.com/services/ documentation.htm
Content
Overview of Business Objects documentation. Links to Online Customer Support, Documentation Supply Store, Documentation Roadmap, Tips & Tricks, Documentation mailbox.
Business Objects Documentation mailbox [email protected] Product documentation www.businessobjects.com/services/ support.htm
Feedback or questions about documentation.
The latest Business Objects product documentation, to download or view online.
Business Objects product information Information about the full range of Business Objects products. www.businessobjects.com Developer Suite Online www.techsupport.businessobjects.com Knowledge Base (KB) www.techsupport.businessobjects.com Available to customers with a valid maintenance agreement and a Developer Suite license via the Online Customer Support (OCS) website. Provides all the documentation, latest samples, kits and tips. Technical articles, documents, case resolutions. Also, use the Knowledge Exchange to learn what challenges other users – both customers and employees – face and what strategies they find to address complex issues. From the Knowledge Base, click the Knowledge Exchange link. Practical business-focused examples.
Tips & Tricks www.businessobjects.com/forms/ tipsandtricks_login.asp
Maximizing Your Information Resources
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
13
Address Online Customer Support www.techsupport.businessobjects.com
Content
Starting point for answering questions, resolving issues. Information about registering with Worldwide Customer Support. The range of Business Objects training options and modules.
www.businessobjects.com/services Business Objects Education Services www.businessobjects.com/services/ education.htm
Business Objects Consulting Services Information on how Business Objects can help maximize your business intelligence investment. www.businessobjects.com/services/ consulting.htm
Useful addresses at a glance
14
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
About this guide
This guide describes BusinessObjects Auditor. The first part of this guide, Administering Auditor, describes how to set up, configure and administer an Auditor deployment. It is designed for Business Objects system administrators and supervisors. The second part of the guide, Using Auditor, describes how to use Auditor to analyze Business Objects user and system activity. It is designed for the IT administrators in charge of monitoring and tuning the Business Objects deployment.
NOTE
This guide replaces the BusinessObjects Auditor Administrator’s Guide and the BusinessObjects Auditor User’s Guide.
Conventions used in this guide
The conventions used in this guide are described in the table below. Convention This font Indicates Code, SQL syntax, computer programs. For example: @Select(Country\Country Id). This font is also used for all paths, directories, scripts, commands and files for UNIX. Placed at the end of a line of code, the symbol ( ) indicates that the next line should be entered continuously with no carriage return.
Some code more code
$DIRECTORYPATHNAME The path to a directory in the Business Objects installation/configuration directory structure. For example: • $INSTALLDIR refers to the Business Objects installation directory. • $LOCDATADIR refers to a subdirectory of the BusinessObjects installation directory called locData.
Maximizing Your Information Resources
Administering Auditor
part
Introducing BusinessObjects Auditor
chapter
18
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Overview
BusinessObjects Auditor is a web-based product that allows you to monitor and analyze user and system activity for WebIntelligence, InfoView, BusinessObjects in 3-tier mode and Broadcast Agent, then display the results on a user-friendly web interface. This information provides valuable insight into your Business Objects deployment, enabling you to optimize your Business Intelligence solution.
NOTE
In this guide, “Auditor” is a shortened form of the full product name, BusinessObjects Auditor. Auditor is built on the existing Business Objects technology and server infrastructure, taking advantage of their ease of use, security, scalability, and extensibility.
Introducing BusinessObjects Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
19
What you can do with Auditor
Auditor enables you to determine which users are using a particular Business Objects system, how often they are using it, and what data they are accessing. You can use Auditor to: • monitor your Business Intelligence system by examining user activity, access rights, resource information pertaining to the use of documents and universes, as well as system information such as response time, Broadcast Agent details, and server load • analyze system trends over daily, weekly, and monthly periods • delete or modify unused objects and reports, in order to provide users with easier and quicker access to essential information • accelerate analysis by using the Favorites and Dashboard features, which give you direct access to the queries you want to see • optimize your data warehouse and speed up refresh actions by tracking frequently-used queries Auditor can help identify situations where aggregate tables or additional indexes can be used. • generate new billing opportunities by highlighting the most popular reports
What you can do with Auditor
20
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Auditor components
Auditor contains the following components: • indicators that enable you to monitor and analyze • analytical categories (and subcategories) by which indicators are classified • universes on top of which indicators are built
Indicators
Auditor uses predefined indicators to give you quick access to the information you need in order to monitor, analyze, and optimize your Business Objects deployment. These indicators are delivered as part of the Auditor package. Predefined indicators cover a wide range of useful data. They are your key to information such as: • which users are accessing and utilizing your system • the most popular reports and universes • reports impacted by changing an object Each indicator contains one or more reports that focus on a very specific area of analysis; for example, the Average Refresh Time indicator, which shows the average refresh time (in seconds) for all documents, broken down by document name, user, document type, and node. You can modify the existing indicators, and then save the modified indicators. For monitoring and analysis that is even more finely tuned to your unique system, you can create your own indicators.
Categories
The analytical categories organize the Business Objects deployment into practical areas of analysis. There are five categories: • User Information • Document Management • Universe Management • Broadcast Agent • System Information Each category has a number of subcategories, which further organize indicators for ease of access, pointing you directly to the information you want.
Introducing BusinessObjects Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
21
Universes
Auditor is delivered with a set of predefined universes that facilitate monitoring and analysis activities. These universes are designed and tested to provide you with an effective set of reporting options. Each universe provides an interface for different classes of database objects, permitting compatible objects to be used in building queries. For more information about universes and the classes and objects of which they are composed, see Universes, Classes and Objects on page 71.
Auditor components
22
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
The Audit facility
A key component in the Auditor environment is the Audit facility, which tracks crucial information relating to user and system activity. Each time any of 42 predefined events occurs, a record of the event is created and stored by the Audit facility. You can then retrieve and analyze the individual events. The Audit facility is part of the Business Objects system. You activate and administer it using the Administration Console.
The Audit facility has two modes for gathering and storing event records: • File mode Business Objects stores the user or system information in flat (*.log) files, which are saved to a directory of your choice. These text files can be viewed in the Administration Console or in a simple text editor, such as Notepad. • Database mode Business Objects stores the user or system information in the Audit database. Because of its complexity, information in Database mode normally is viewed and analyzed through the use of indicators in Auditor. However, this can also be performed in SQL, if no other solution is available. Auditor can access and present audited data only when Database mode is activated.
Introducing BusinessObjects Auditor
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
chapter
24
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Overview
This chapter describes: • Installing Auditor • Configuring Auditor • Setting privileges for an Auditor-dedicated Designer user • Exporting universes • Exporting predefined indicators • Monitoring multiple clusters • Restoring predefined indicators • Removing Auditor For the first five sections you should have the following guides close by for reference: • Designer’s Guide • Installation and Configuration for UNIX or •
• Installation and Configuration for Windows Supervisor’s Guide WebIntelligence User’s Guide
• •
installation and configuration documentation for the application server readme for BusinessObjects Enterprise 6
NOTE
If you are migrating Auditor to a new version of BusinessObjects, see Migrating from a Previous Version. For deployment information, see the Deployment Guide.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
25
Installing Auditor
To install Auditor you need to complete the following steps: 1. Requesting a connection to a database server 2. Installing the application and web servers 3. Installing the BusinessObjects Enterprise 6 product suite
Requesting a connection to a database server
The Audit database is located on the database server, and so you need a connection created. Only your database system administrator can do this for you, along with providing you user names and passwords that allow access to the database server. You will need this information for the section Configuring Auditor on page 26.
Installing the application and web servers
If you have a JSP deployment, you must install Java SDK, Tomcat, and Apache, before installing the BusinessObjects Enterprise 6 product suite. You can download the Java Development Kit (JDK), Apache, and Tomcat software from the Sun website: http://java.sun.com. Finding the latest news on versions supported by Business Objects You can find an up-to-date list of the application and web server versions supported by Business Objects in the Products Availability Report (PAR). To find this: 1. Go to www.techsupport.businessobjects.com. The Online Customer Support page appears. 2. Log in to the site. 3. In the Products tab, click the PAR link.
Installing Auditor
26
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Configuring Auditor
You need to complete the following steps to configure Auditor: 1. Configuring the web and application servers 2. Creating a data source for the Audit database 3. Creating the Audit repository 4. Setting up the Audit database
Configuring the web and application servers
Configuring the web and application servers on the host creates the following virtual directories for the applications: • http://<hostname>:<portname>/wijsp When the complete setup of Auditor is complete, this link provides access to the InfoView portal. • http://<hostname>:<portname>/wiadmin When the complete setup of Auditor is complete, this link provides access to the Administrative Console. • http://<hostname>:<portname>/auditor When the complete setup of Auditor is complete, this link provides access to Auditor. For complete configuration instructions, see the Business Objects installation and configuration guides for Windows and UNIX.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
27
Creating a data source for the Audit database
If you have not already created a data source, you must do so using the ODBC Administrator so that you can access your repository and audit database. To create a data source for the repository: 1. Select Start, Programs, Administrative Tools, Data Sources (ODBC). The ODBC Data Source Administrator dialog box appears. 2. Click the System DSN tab.
3. Click Add. The Create New Data Source dialog box appears.
Configuring Auditor
28
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
4. Select the driver for which you want to set up a data source and click Finish. If you select Oracle ODBC Driver, the Oracle8 ODBC Driver Setup dialog box appears.
If you select IBM DB2 ODBC Driver, the IBM DB2 Driver Add dialog box appears.
5. Enter the required information and click OK.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
29
Creating the Audit repository
You need to create a separate repository for the Audit database. Creating a separate Audit repository database is important for the following reasons: • Data from auditor reports will not be included in general usage reports. • Auditor activity will not slow down the repository used for other system activities. To use the Audit feature, various clusters can write to the same database and not share the same repository. However, for most Auditor predefined indicators, the audit data is analyzed against the repository data. For more information on repositories, see the Supervisor’s Guide. To create the Audit repository: 1. Click Start, Programs, Business Objects, Supervisor. The User ID dialog box appears.
2. Click Admin. The Administration Setup Wizard opens.
Configuring Auditor
30
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
3. Click Begin. The Choose Setup Configuration dialog box appears.
4. Do one of the following: - If you want are setting up a new Audit repository, select Run a default installation, and then click Next. - If you have migrated from a previous version of BusinessObjects, select Run a safe recovery, and then click Next. Skip to step 6. 5. Enter a name and password for the repository supervisor. Click Next. The Define the Repository Connection dialog box appears. 6. From the Select the network layer drop-down menu, select a network layer. Click Setup. The connection dialog box appears.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
31
7. From the Database engine drop-down menu select the engine for your connection. 8. Enter the user name, password, and database. Click Test. 9. If the test is not successful, verify that you have entered in the correct user, password, and database name. 10. If the test is successful, click OK, then Next. The Build the Repository dialog box appears if you are creating a new repository. Click Next. The Repository Access dialog box appears. If you are running a safe recovery, the Repository Access dialog box appears. 11. Select the location for the key file and either enter a new name or leave the default key name and click Next. If you are running a safe recovery, a dialog box may appear asking if you want to overwrite the existing key. Click Yes.
NOTE
You need to copy the .key file from: Business Objects\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\locdata to the following location: Business Objects\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\nodes\<hostname>\ mycluster\locdata
12. Click Finish. Supervisor opens.
Configuring Auditor
32
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Setting up the Audit database
Auditor delivers reports based on the system and user activity data stored in the Business Objects system’s Audit database and the repository. In order to be able to use the system’s audit information from Auditor, you must: • use Supervisor to set up a secured connection to an Audit-dedicated database • use the Administration Console to make sure that the system writes its audit information to that audit database Creating a secured connection for the Audit-dedicated database 1. In Supervisor, select Tools, Connections from the menu. 2. In the Name text box, type a name for the connection.
3. From the Database engine drop-down menu, select the database engine you are using. 4. In the Login Parameters section, enter the user name, password, and Audit database name. The user name and password are created for you by the system administrator for the server on which the Audit database is located.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
33
5. Click Test, to test the connection. 6. If the test is not successful, check that you entered in the correct information. If the test is successful, click OK.
The connection is listed in the Connections dialog box.
NOTE
If you need to create other connections: 1. In the Connections dialog box, click Add 2. Select the correct network layer and click OK. 3. Repeat steps 2 through 6.
Configuring Auditor
34
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
1. 2.
3.
4. 5.
Creating tables in the Audit database Start the BusinessObjects server, Tomcat, and Apache. To open the Administrative Console, do one of the following: - Click Start, Programs, Business Objects, Administrative Console 6.1. - Log in to http://<hostname>:<port number>/wiadmin The BusinessObjects Administrative Console login dialog box appears. Log in using the user name and password that have access to the Audit database. The Business Objects Administrator Console page appears. Click Audit. From the Audit database connection drop-down menu select the secured connection you just created in Supervisor.
6. If necessary, set the maximum audit information cache size and regularity with which the cache is emptied into the Audit database. For information on setting the cache parameters, see the System Administrator’s Guide. 7. Click Apply. The system verifies that the database tables exist. If they do not, an SQL script is executed to create them. For complete information about the Audit facility and how to configure it for use with Auditor, see the System Administrator’s Guides.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
35
Setting privileges for an Auditor-dedicated Designer user
Once you have set up the Audit database, you may want to allow another user, perhaps as your backup, the permission to export universes and predefined indicators. To create users with a Designer profile and the specific privileges required to export the universes and predefined indicators required for your Auditor deployment: 1. Click Start, Programs, Business Objects, Supervisor. 2. Create a new user and assign a profile. The following user rights need to be enabled: - Manage All corporate categories - Save to corporate documents - Manage personal categories - Save and read personal documents The following user rights need to be disabled: - Do not delete other users’ corporate documents
Setting privileges for an Auditor-dedicated Designer user
36
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Exporting universes
The Universe Exporter allows you to easily create domain connections and database views, and export the Auditor universes to your corporate repository. If you need to do these actions manually, the following sections can help you: • Manually exporting universes • Manually creating the database views
NOTE
You must: • be using Microsoft Office 2000 in order to use Universe Exporter. If you are not using Microsoft Office 2000, you need to export universes manually. See page 47. • have Designer installed on your machine in order to export the universes you require for using Auditor with your system.
Using the Universe Exporter
To launch the Universe Exporter: 1. Click Start, Business Objects, Auditor 6.1., Universe Exporter. A user identification dialog box appears.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
37
2. Enter the user name and password that have access rights to the Audit database, and click OK. This user name must have at least one Designer profile, because you need to export universes and create connections. The Universe Exporter appears.
The Universe Exporter contains the following tabs. Page name Welcome Security Universe Audit Export Description Explains what the Universe Exporter does Creates an OLEDB/ODBC connection for the Security domain, and creates the database views Creates an OLEDB/ODBC connection for the universe domain, and creates the database views Creates an OLEDB/ODBC connection for the Audit domain, and creates the database views For automatic export of the Auditor universes
Each tab corresponds to a specific stage or procedure that is described in the following sections. These procedures can be performed in any order, but you need to create the database views in the Security, Universe, and Audit tabs before you can successfully export documents.
Exporting universes
38
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Creating a connection to the domain The first time you use Universe Exporter you need to create a connection to the database, or perhaps you need to create a connection to a new Audit domain. This procedure applies in the Security, Universe, and Audit tabs. To create a connection to the database: 1. Click Start, Auditor 6.1., Universe Exporter. A user identification dialog box appears. 2. Enter the user name and password that have access rights to the Audit database, and click OK. This user name must have at least one Designer profile, because you need to export universes and create connections. The Universe Exporter appears. 3. Click the tab for the domain requiring a domain connection. 4. In the Data Source Name section, click New.
The Data Source Connection Editor dialog box appears.
5. Click the tab that corresponds to your type of database.
NOTE
For Sybase, use the ODBC tab and then select Sybase as the database. You can use the ODBC tab when you need to create an Oracle or IBM DB2 connection on a client that does not have OLE DB Oracle or IBM DB2.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
39
6. In the Name field, enter a unique name for the connection. 7. In the Data Source text box, enter: For... Oracle IBM DB2 SQL Server
NOTE
Data source Net Service Name Database Alias Database Name
For SQL Server, the server is the name of the machine that contains the database. 8. In the User ID text box, type the user name that has access rights to the Audit database. This user name must have at least one Designer profile for you to be able to create connections. 9. In the Password text box, type the password. 10. Click Test. If you do not receive notice that the server is responding, verify that you typed in the correct parameters and that the User ID has the permission in Supervisor to create this sort of connection. 11. Click OK. The tab reappears. In the Views section, a list of views is now available, with the Already in database? status of No.
NOTE
If you have migrated from a previous version of Business Objects, you need to delete any remaining views by selecting them in the Views list and clicking Delete and then recreating the views by clicking Create.
Exporting universes
40
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
12. To add these views to the database, click Create. All the views for the security domain are marked Yes in the Views area.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
41
Using the Security tab to manage database connections To launch the Universe Exporter: 1. Click Start, Business Objects, Auditor 6.1., Universe Exporter. A user identification panel appears. 2. Enter the user name and password that have access rights to the Audit database, and click OK. The user name must have at least one Designer profile for you to be able to export universes. The Universe Exporter appears. 3. Click the Security tab or Next on the Welcome page. The Security tab appears.
4. In the Data Source Name list, select a connection to your database. If you do not have a connection, see Creating a connection to the domain on page 38. Any views that already exist for the selected connection are marked Yes in the Views area.
NOTE
If you have migrated from a previous version of Business Objects, you need to delete any remaining views by selecting them in the Views list and clicking Delete and then recreating the views by clicking Create. 5. If you want to delete a view, select a view and click Delete. 6. Click Next to go to the Universe tab, or Finish to save all your changes.
Exporting universes
42
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Using the Universe tab to manage connections to universes 1. Click Start, Business Objects, Auditor 6.1., Universe Exporter. A user identification panel appears. 2. Enter the user name and password that have access rights to the Audit database, and click OK. The user name must have at least one Designer profile, because you need to export universes and create connections. The Universe Exporter appears. 3. Click the Universe tab in the Universe Exporter window. The Universe tab appears.
4. In the Data Source Name list, select a connection to your database. If you do not have a connection, see Creating a connection to the domain on page 38. Any views that already exist for the selected connection are marked Yes in the Views area.
NOTE
If you have migrated from a previous version of Business Objects, you need to delete any remaining views by selecting them in the Views list and clicking Delete and then recreating the views by clicking Create. 5. If you want to delete a view, select a view and click Delete. 6. Click Next to go to the Audit tab, or Finish to save your modifications.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
43
Using the Audit tab to manage connections to the Audit database 1. Click Start, Business Objects, Auditor 6.1., Universe Exporter. A user identification panel appears. 2. Enter the user name and password that have access rights to the Audit database, and click OK. The user name must have at least one Designer profile, because you need to export universes and create connections. The Universe Exporter appears. 3. Click the Audit tab in the Universe Exporter window. The Audit tab appears.
4. In the Data Source Name list, select a connection to your database. If you do not have a connection, see Creating a connection to the domain on page 38. Any views that already exist for the selected connection are marked Yes in the Views area.
NOTE
If you have migrated from a previous version of Business Objects, you need to delete any remaining views by selecting them in the Views list and clicking Delete and then recreating the views by clicking Create. 5. If you want to delete a view, select a view and click Delete. 6. Click Next to go to the Export tab, or Finish to save your modifications.
Exporting universes
44
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Using the Export tab to manage the export of specific universes From this tab, you can set the parameters to export the specific universes you wish to use with Auditor. These parameters include the universe’s: • security domain connection • universe domain connection • audit database connection • assigned user groups • destination universe domain Once you’ve defined these settings, the Export tab lets you trigger the export itself. 1. Click Start, Business Objects, Auditor 6.1., Universe Exporter. A user identification panel appears. 2. Enter the user name and password that have access rights to the Audit database, and click OK. The user name must have at least one Designer profile, because you need to export universes and create connections. The Universe Exporter appears. 3. Navigate to the Export tab either by clicking Next from the Audit tab, or by clicking the Export tab in the Universe Exporter window. The Export tab appears.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
45
4. Select a connection from the drop-down menu in the domain section for the domain that you want to use. If you need to add a connection, see Adding a new connection in the Export tab on page 46.
TIP To hide other connections that you did not create for the three domains, select the Filter BusinessObjects connections for previously defined connections box.
5. In the lower right corner of the Export tab, select the user group and domain to which the universes will be exported.
6. Click Export Universes. A summary of the universe export appears.
7. Click OK, then Finish.
NOTE
You can confirm that the universes have been exported by viewing the Universe page in Supervisor.
Exporting universes
46
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Adding a new connection in the Export tab 1. To add a new connection in the Export tab, click Add Connection. The Add a connection dialog box appears.
2. Select a network layer, then click OK. 3. Click the Login tab and enter the parameters for the new connection. 4. Click the Advanced tab and select Disconnect After Each Transaction.
5. Click OK. The connection is now available in the Export tab.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
47
Manually exporting universes
To manually export the Auditor universes: 1. Do either of the following: - Copy the *.unv files (BCA.unv, SECURITY.unv, UNIVERSE.unv and ACTIVITY.unv) to the machine running Designer. - Make them available to this machine by sharing them The files are located at: $INSTALLDIR\auditorData\Universes\Universes 2. Start Designer. 3. Enter your user name and password. Perform the remaining steps below for each universe: 4. Open a universe (*.unv) file. 5. Click File, Parameters. 6. In the Definition section, do either of the following: - Assign one of the existing secured connections to the universe. - Create a new secured connection (you must do this if there is no existing secured connection available). 7. Click OK. 8. Click File, Export. If you are prompted to save the universe before exporting it, click Continue. The Export Universe dialog box appears. 9. Select the relevant domain and group, and then click OK. If you previously exported this universe, you are prompted to overwrite the previous version. The suggested connections for the universes are: Universe Broadcast Agent Analysis Repository Analysis Universe Domain Analysis System Information Domain Security Security Universe Audit database Database Corporate repository Corporate repository Corporate repository Audit database
Exporting universes
48
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Manually creating the database views
If you do not want to automatically create the database views by using the Universe Exporter, follow the procedures below for creating them manually. The objects used in the universes are based on the views, and not directly on the repository or the Audit database tables. For each database, you must create five sets of views. A view is created by executing the script contained in an *.sql file. To create the database views: 1. Open an SQL session. 2. Execute the five scripts for your particular database. - For the xxx_activity_xxx.sql files, use the audit database. - For the xxx_bca_xxx.sql and xxx_security_xxx.sql files, use the security domain. - For the xxx_universe_xxx.sql files, use the universe domain. The following table shows the location and names of the *.sql files containing the scripts. Database Location of files Oracle $INSTALLDIR\ Universes\auditorData\ Views\ Oracle\ $INSTALLDIR\ Universes\auditorData\ Views\IBMDB2\ File names creviews_activity_ora.sql creviews_security_bca_ora.sql creviews_universe_ora.sql creviews_activity_db2udb.sql creviews_security_bca_db2udb.sql creviews_universe_db2udb.sql
IBM DB2
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
49
Exporting predefined indicators
The Document Exporter enables you to automatically export the Auditor documents (predefined indicators) to the corporate repository.
NOTE
The Business Objects server and Business Objects 6.1 must be running before you start the Document Exporter. If you cannot run Document Explorer, you can export these indicators manually. For instructions, see Manually exporting predefined indicators on page 52.
Accessing the Document Exporter in UNIX
1. At the command prompt, go to: <$INSTALLDIR>/tools/ With a standard Business Objects deployment the path would be: BOBJ/Enterprise6/tools/ 2. To open document explorer type: ./DocumentExporter.sh
Exporting predefined indicators
50
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Exporting documents with the Document Exporter
1. Click Start, Programs, Business Objects, Auditor 6.1, Document Exporter. The Document Exporter login dialog box appears.
2. Enter the Auditor user name and password. To export documents, you must ensure that the Auditor user name and password have the correct privileges. See Setting privileges for an Auditordedicated Designer user on page 35. 3. Click OK. The BusinessObjects Auditor 6.1 Document Exporter dialog box appears.
The Document Name column shows all the documents that are delivered with Auditor. Documents already exported to the Corporate and Personal areas are marked “Y” in the In Corporate and In Personal columns, respectively.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
51
4. Select the document domain in the drop-down list near the top of the dialog box. 5. For each document that you want to export, select its box in the Document Selection column. - To select all the documents, click All. (Click None to deselect them.) - To select only the documents that have not already been published to your Corporate area, click Not in Corporate. - To select only the documents that have not already been published to your Personal area, click Not in Personal. 6. If you select the Publish the selected document to option, do either or both of the following: - To export the selected documents to the Corporate area, select the Corporate list type check box, and then choose a user group. - To export the selected documents to your Personal area, select the Personal list type check box. 7. Click Apply. When the documents are successfully exported, they are marked “Y” in the In Corporate and/or In Personal columns. 8. When you are finished exporting documents, click Exit. To remove documents with Document Exporter, go to Removing the documents on page 61.
Exporting predefined indicators
52
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Manually exporting predefined indicators To manually export the Auditor predefined indicators: 1. Create a temporary folder on your computer. 2. Copy into this folder all of the documents in: $INSTALLDIR\auditorData\Documents 3. Select all of the documents. 4. Click File, Properties.
5. De-activate the Read-only attribute and click OK.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
53
6. Refer to the file input.txt located in the Documents file for the correct document category and keyword.
The input.txt document lists the information in the following sequence: <document name>, <keyword>, <category> 7. Select Start, Programs, Business Objects, BusinessObjects Enterprise 6. The BusinessObjects panel opens. If the New Report Wizard dialog box appears, click Cancel. 8. Select File, Open. Select all of the documents in the temporary report folder then click OK.
TIP Select all of the documents in a specific category. That way you publish all of the se documents at the same time to Corporate Documents.
Exporting predefined indicators
54
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
9. Click File, Properties.
10. In the Keywords text box, type the keyword for the documents. 11. Click File, Publish to. The Send dialog box opens. 12. Click Categories. The Select Categories dialog box appears.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
55
13. Click Manage. The Categories dialog box appears.
14. Click Add. A new folder appears, with an empty space for the category name.
15. Type a name for the category, for example Document Management. Click OK. The Send dialog box reappears. 16. Next to the Document(s) to Send section, click Add. The Add Documents dialog box appears with a list of the documents open in BusinessObjects.
Exporting predefined indicators
56
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
17. Select the documents that belong in the Document Category you created. Click OK to return to the Send dialog box, and OK again to publish the documents. 18. To verify that the documents were published correctly, select File, Retrieve from, Corporate Documents. The Retrieve dialog box appears. The documents you imported are listed.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
57
Monitoring multiple clusters
You can use Auditor to monitor multiple clusters, with no administrative overhead. To set up the system to do this, you connect to the Administration Console for each cluster to be monitored, and set the Audit database connection to the same database in the Audit page.
EXAMPLE Setting up the monitoring of multiple clusters
You want Auditor to monitor oracleCluster1, oracleCluster2 and db2Cluster1. Having already set up the Audit database and its connection: 1. Click Start, Programs, Business Objects, Administration Console 6.1 The Administration Console appears. 2. In the Administration Console on Cluster1’s primary node, click Audit. 3. Click Log to database. A login panel appears. 4. Enter the user name and password with access to the Audit database. 5. From the Audit database connection drop-down menu select oracleCluster1. 6. Click Apply.
7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 for oracleCluster2 and db2Cluster1. The audit information for all three clusters are now recorded in the same database. The Administration Console for each cluster initializes the database and registers the new cluster.
Monitoring multiple clusters
58
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Restoring predefined indicators
If a user mistakenly deletes a predefined indicator, you need to republish the indicator back to the corporate repository. The replacement indicator is found in the personal documents’ area of the user with which Auditor was originally installed. To restore an indicator, you can use the Document Exporter or the following procedure: 1. Log into InfoView using the user name and password with access to the Audit database at: http://<hostname>:<portname>/wijsp. 2. Click Personal Documents. The indicators in the Personal area are displayed. 3. Click the indicator you want to restore. The associated document appears. 4. Click Publish. The Publish as Corporate Document page appears. 5. Verify that the document’s name, description, and category are the same as those of the original indicator. 6. Verify that the document keyword corresponds to the indicator’s subcategory in Auditor. 7. Click No for the Overwrite if Document Exists option. The original document was presumably deleted. 8. Select the Refresh option: - Refreshed Manually The indicator is refreshed only when a user refreshes it manually. - Scheduled Refresh Select this option if you want to schedule a refresh using Broadcast Agent. The Scheduling Options page appears. 9. Set the refresh frequency you want, and then click OK. For information on the refresh frequency, see the InfoView User’s Guide. 10. Click Publish. If the name already exists, a message appears at the bottom of the page. You must either return to step 5 to change the name, or to step 7 to select Yes. 11. Log into Auditor, and you see the indicator under the specified category and subcategory.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
59
Removing Auditor
To remove Auditor from the server, there is a procedure to follow. The following sections must be completed in this sequence: 1. Deleting the universes 2. Removing the database views 3. Removing the documents 4. Removing the Auditor files
Deleting the universes
To delete the universes: 1. Click Start, Programs, Business Objects, Supervisor. 2. Select Tools, Delete Universe. The Delete Universes dialog box appears.
3. Select the Auditor universes, and then click OK.
Removing Auditor
60
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Removing the database views
To remove the database views: 1. Open the Universe Exporter. 2. Click the Security tab. The Security page appears.
3. In the Data Source Name area, select the connection to the security domain. 4. Click Delete near the bottom of the dialog box. All the views for the security domain are marked “No” in the Views area. 5. Repeat the previous two steps for the Universe and Audit tabs. 6. Click Finish.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
61
Removing the documents
To remove the documents: 1. Open the Document Exporter: - Under UNIX – at the command prompt, type ./DocumentExporter.sh This file is usually located in $AUDITORINSTALLDIR/ DocumentExporter/. - In Windows click Start, Programs, Business Objects, Auditor 6.1, Document Exporter. The Log In dialog box appears. 2. Enter the Auditor user name and password. Use the same Business Objects user name that you originally used to export the documents during installation. 3. Click OK. The main window of the Document Exporter appears.
4. Select the document domain in the drop-down list near the top of the dialog box.
Removing Auditor
62
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
5. Select the documents you want to remove by: - select the box in the Document Selection column - click All to select all of the documents - click None to deselect all of the documents 6. Click Remove the selected document from. 7. Do either or both of the following: - To remove the selected documents from the Corporate area, click Corporate list type. - To remove the selected documents from your Personal area, click Personal list type. 8. Click Apply. The Status dialog box appears with the number of selected documents deleted and offers you the option of viewing a detailed status report. If you want to see this report, click Yes. If not, click No. When the documents are successfully removed, they are marked “N” in the In Corporate and/or In Personal columns. 9. When you are finished removing documents, click Exit.
Removing the Auditor files
To remove the Auditor software from the server, follow the instructions in the Installation and Configuration Guides for Windows or Unix.
Setting Up and Removing Auditor
Setting Access Rights
chapter
64
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Overview
Auditor runs in a secure environment, using a repository to store all security information. Auditor inherits the access rights functionality of Supervisor for *.rep documents. You therefore modify access rights for Auditor using Supervisor. In addition, Auditor adds a layer of Form Authentication architecture using Java Server Page (JSP) technology. This chapter explains how to set access rights for Auditor using Supervisor. For complete information about setting access rights for Business Objects users, see the Supervisor’s Guide.
Setting Access Rights
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
65
Access rights
In Supervisor, access rights are organized into command sets. A command set contains related menu commands, toolbar buttons, and other interface elements. Access rights usually are controlled by enabling or disabling command sets. Command sets, in turn, are grouped into families. The command set families are: • Document Document handling; analytical categories • Options Options for list display, home page, password, editing, and technology • Query and Report Panels BusinessObjects Query Panel and WebIntelligence Report Panel functionality
Access rights
66
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Command set family: Document
The following table shows which command sets to choose in order to restrict Document functionality. I don’t want my group/user to... Publish indicators to the repository Save indicators See the list of indicators Interface impact The following table shows the impact on the user interface of disabling or hiding Document command sets. Disabling or hiding command set... Publish Document Save Document Read Corporate Documents Has this impact on the interface Removes the Publish command under the indicator name. Removes the Save command under the indicator name. Removes the following tabs: • Dashboard • Customize Dashboard • Favorites • Options So I disable or hide command set Publish Document Save Document Read Corporate Documents
Setting Access Rights
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
67
Command set family: Options
The following table shows which command sets to choose in order to restrict Options functionality. I don’t want my group/user to... So I disable or hide command set
See document list options or change the Change List Display and Default default home page Home Page Change their own password Change Password Change the viewing and editing of Change Viewing and Editing technology options (applets and Technology Options technology options on the Options page) Interface impact The following table shows the impact on the user interface of disabling or hiding Options command sets. Disabling or hiding command set... Change List Display and Default Home Page Change Password Change Viewing and Editing Technology Options Has this impact on the interface Removes the Start Page tab from Options Removes the Password tab from Options Removes the Create and Edit Indicators tab from Options
Access rights
68
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Command set family: Query and Report Panel
The following table shows which command sets to choose to restrict Query Panel and Report Panel functionality. I don’t want my group/user to... So I disable or hide command set Create a new indicator Modify an existing indicator Use the formatting toolbar Refresh lists of values Run and refresh indicators Use or refresh lists of values View the SQL of a query Interface impact The following table shows the impact on the user interface of disabling or hiding Query and Report Panel command sets. Disabling or hiding command set... Create Indicators Edit Indicators Formatting Toolbar Refresh Lists of Values Has this impact on the interface Removes the Add a New Indicator tab Removes the Edit button from indicators Removes the Add a New Indicator tab Removes the formatting commands from the Report Panel Does not show the Refresh button when a choice of values is displayed for a document Download 3-Tier BusinessObjects Edit Documents Formatting Toolbar Refresh Lists of Values Run and Refresh Documents Use List of Values View SQL
Setting Access Rights
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
69
Disabling or hiding command set... Run and Refresh Documents
Has this impact on the interface The user can modify the document but cannot run the associated query (that is, the Run button is removed from the applet). The Add a New Indicator, Dashboard, and Customize Dashboard tabs are removed. If a report is published with a manual Refresh, the user can open and modify it, but cannot run or refresh it. If a report is published with the Refresh on Open option, the user cannot open, modify, or refresh it.
Use List of Values
If the user: 1. creates a document 2. drags an object from the Classes and Objects Panel to the Conditions tab 3. clicks on the operand of the object then the Show Values From List and Prompt Values From List options are unavailable. If the user: 1. opens an expanded documents page 2. clicks Edit underneath a document, then 3. creates or edits an object using a List of Values in the Conditions tab of the WebIntelligence Report Panel then Refresh is unavailable in the List of Values dialog boxes.
View SQL
If the user creates a new indicator, or opens an existing indicator, then the SQL button is not available in the WebIntelligence Report Panel.
Access rights
70
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Setting Access Rights
Universes, Classes and Objects
chapter
72
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Overview
This chapter describes the universes that are provided with Auditor, as well as the objects that can be selected from the universes to create and edit indicators. Knowledge of universes is important for understanding the elements used in creating and modifying indicators. For example, the BusinessObjects Query Panel is displayed following the selection of either Add a New Indicator or the Edit option for an existing indicator. It is the universe that determines the objects that are available in the panel for building the new query.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
73
Universe structure
Universes are composed of objects and classes. Objects are elements that map to a set of data from a relational database. Objects allow you to retrieve data for your queries. Classes are logical groupings of objects. Universes permit mutually compatible objects to be used in queries by means of the BusinessObjects Query Panel. Objects are classified as one of the following types: • Dimension A dimension retrieves the data that provides the basis for analysis. This data is usually character-type data or dates. In the following universe sections the names of objects that are dimensions are followed by (D). • Detail A Detail object is always associated with a specific Dimension object, in order to provide additional information. In the following universe sections the names of objects that are detail objects are followed by (De). • Measure A measure retrieves numeric information that is the result of calculations on data in the database. In the following universe sections the names of objects that are measures are followed by (M).
Universe structure
74
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Universes and analytical categories
Universes correspond approximately to the various analytical categories in Auditor. The universe/analytical category mapping is shown in the following table. This universe... Broadcast Agent Analysis: Security Repository Analysis: Security Is used by indicators in these categories Broadcast Agent Document Management User Information Broadcast Agent Universe Domain Analysis: Universe System Information: Audit Universe Management System Information User Information Document Management Universe Management
NOTE
This table and the ones following show the full names of the universes. The part of the name after the colon shows the domain to which the universe is attached. In the remainder of this document, the shorter name (such as Repository Analysis) is used.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
75
Predefined vs. custom-made universes
With Auditor, you can use either a set of predefined universes delivered with the product, or any other universes available to you through the Business Objects system.
Predefined universes
Auditor comes with the following predefined universes: Universe name Broadcast Agent Analysis: Security Repository Analysis: Security Universe Domain Analysis: Universe System Information: Audit File name BCA.unv SECURITY.unv UNIVERSE.unv ACTIVITY.unv
They allow you to carry out monitoring and analysis activities immediately after installation. These predefined universes are attached to different domains. These domains are connected to databases during installation, prior to export of the universes. Universe Broadcast Agent Analysis: Security Repository Analysis: Security Universe Domain Analysis: Universe System Information: Audit Domain Security Security Universe Audit database Database Corporate repository Corporate repository Corporate repository Audit database
Custom-made universes
In Auditor, you can access universes that you: • created in Designer • exported to the repository • made accessible to users via Supervisor The universes that you create appear in the list of default universes. This list is automatically presented to users when they create a new indicator without having selected a default universe (see Creating indicators on page 163).
Predefined vs. custom-made universes
76
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Broadcast Agent analysis universe
This section lists the classes in the Broadcast Agent Analysis universe, and the objects that are available for selection within each class. Objects in each class are listed alphabetically, and not in the order in which they appear in the user interface.
NOTE
Because the security domain handles international date and time operations, dates may be displayed in Greenwich mean time (GMT) format, which is the time zone reference for the repository. For more information, see the Broadcast Agent Administrator’s Guide.
BCA information class
This class provides Broadcast Agent system information. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... BCA & BO Server Names (D) Returns Two server names, or Not Processed. The first name is the server on which Broadcast Agent is running; the second name is the Business Objects server on which the task was processed (the machine running BOManager). For a task that has not been executed, the column returns “Not Processed.” The column is updated after a task is processed. BCA ID (De) BCA Name (D) BCA Name (label) (D) Broadcast Agent server IDs. Each Broadcast Agent server is assigned a unique ID. Name of the monitored Broadcast Agent. Name of the monitored Broadcast Agent, preceded by the text string “Broadcast Agent.”
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
77
This object... BCA Server Name (D)
Returns Name of the machine on which the Broadcast Agent server is running, or Not Processed. For a task that has never been executed, the object has no value. The value is updated after a task is processed.
BCA Status (D)
Enabled, Disabled, or “Exceeded number of logins allowed.”
Group Name (D) Broadcast Agent group names BO Server Name Name of the Business Objects server that sent the job to (D) Broadcast Agent (that is, the server machine running BOManager). For a task that has not been executed, the object returns “Not Processed.” The object can be seen from any console, and is updated after a task is processed. BO Server Name Name of the Business Objects server that sent the job to (with label) (D) Broadcast Agent, preceded by the text string “WebI Server Name.” For a task that has not been executed, the object returns “Not Processed.” The object can be seen from any console and is updated after a task is processed.
Broadcast Agent analysis universe
78
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Batch information class
This class provides Broadcast Agent system information. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Batch ID (D) End User Process ID (D) Job Description (D) Returns ID of the pending Broadcast Agent job. The end-user module process ID launched on the server. Job description initially completed by the user submitting the document. The description can be modified. Job Platform (D) All Platforms, Windows Platform, Windows Platform (BusinessObjects 4.1 task), UNIX Platform, New attempt on a UNIX platform, All attempts failed on UNIX platforms, or “Not Processed.” Overwrite Mode (D) Priority (D) Priority (picture) (De) With or without, depending on whether the Broadcast Agent job was submitted with the overwrite option turned on. High, Normal, or Low A graphical indicator of the job’s priority: High, Normal, or Low (Auditor interface only).
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
79
Actions subclass This is a subclass of the Batch Information class that provides information on Broadcast Agent batch job actions. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Returns
Action Type (De) One of the following Broadcast Agent action types: • First Begin Date • Distributed via Web Server • Distributed via Server File System • File Watcher Detection. Data (De) Particular Conditions (D) Value of the condition associated with the batch job. Details of the Broadcast Agent action, such as: • First Begin Date, if distributed via a web server • Web Server name, if distributed via a server file system • Server File System, File Watcher detection on file named Mode used to refresh the document, such as Refresh with Profile of Each Recipient, Refresh with Profile of the Submitter. Broadcast Agent script options that the user selected and sent with the document. The values are separated by commas: Refresh Document = 1, Print Document = 2, Web Server = 3, Custom Macro, = 4, Condition = 5, Channel = 6, Save as RTF = 7, Save as TXT = 8, Save as PDF = 9
Report Bursting feature (D) Script Options (D)
Broadcast Agent analysis universe
80
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Scheduling Information subclass This is a subclass of the Batch Information class that provides job frequency information. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Begin Time (D) Returns Start time of the pending Broadcast Agent job. For hourly tasks, it displays the information in the following form: “30 minutes after the hour from 9 to 11.” Days of the Month (D) Days of the Week (D) Days selected for monthly tasks. The information appears in the following form: “2nd 3rd 4th 26th and last day of the month.” Days selected for daily, monthly interval, and user-defined tasks. The information appears in the following form: “Monday Wednesday Friday.” Frequency (D) One of the following: • Once (4,6) • Hourly (8,10) • Daily (16,18) • Weekly (32,34) • Monthly (64,66) • Monthly interval (128, 130) • User defined (256, 258). Scheduling for daily, weekly, and monthly tasks. The information appears in the following form: “Every 6 week(s).” Periodicity Detail Day scheduling for monthly interval tasks and the (D) scheduling details for user-defined tasks. The information appears in the following form: “Every 2nd business day.”
Periodicity (D)
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
81
Monitoring Job Information subclass This is a subclass of the Batch Information class that provides job status information. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Job Error Code (De) Returns Broadcast Agent job error code, if there is one. Make a note of the code so that you can use it when referring to the Error Message Guide.
Job Error or Full error description, with the error code that relates to the Warning Text (D) Error Message Guide. Job State (D) Job Status (D) Indication of whether a job is still running. Text description of a job’s current status.
Broadcast Agent analysis universe
82
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Document information class
This class provides Broadcast Agent document data. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Category Creator (De) Category Name (De) Category Path (De) Document Category (D) Returns Name of the user who created the document category. Document's category name. Hierarchical path of the document category if there is one. List of document categories with the hierarchical path if there is one.
Document ID (D) Document ID Document Name Name of a document sent to Broadcast Agent. (D) Document Name Complete document name with its type. & Type (D) Document Persistent (D) Document Repository ID (De) Document Repository Name (D) Document Size (M) Persistent if a document is published to the corporate repository, or Not Persistent if the document is automatically deleted when retrieved by the last user. ID of the document repository.
Name of the repository where a document is stored.
Size of a sent document, in bytes. The object does not represent the size of a document when it is stored in the document domain; rather, it represents the initial size of the document (the size of the document when it was submitted). The WebIntelligence or BusinessObjects document. The file extension type is .rep, .bqy, .wqy, .wid, or .rea; otherwise, it is Unknown.
Document Type (D)
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
83
This object... Document Type (Picture) (De) Last Action (D)
Returns Graphical image representing the WebIntelligence or BusinessObjects document type. Last action performed on a document, and the date of the action. Values that can be returned include: Unchanged, Deleted, Inserted, Updated, Moved, or Other.
Last Action Date Most recent, date of a change to a referenced document. (D) Last Action Type Last type of action performed on a referenced document. (D) Values that can be returned include: Unchanged, Inserted,
Updated, or Moved.
Number of documents (M)
Number of documents sent to Broadcast Agent.
Broadcast Agent analysis universe
84
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Submitter information class
This class provides information on the users and user groups submitting documents. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Returns
BO Version of Version number of the end-user module that submitted the the Submitter (D) job to Broadcast Agent. This object value is updated only at the time of document submission. Group Submit Name (D) Group Submit Name (with label) (D) Submit name & User Profile (D) Submit name & User Profile (label) (D) User Submit Name (D) User Submit Type (D) Group receiving the user’s submitted document. Group receiving the user’s submitted document, preceded by the text string “Group Submit Name”. The submit name and user profile, as defined in Supervisor. The submit name and user profile as defined in Supervisor, preceded by the appropriate text string. Name of the user who submitted the job to Broadcast Agent. User type or user profile, as defined in Supervisor.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
85
Recipient information class
This class provides data on document recipients. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Returns
Count Recipients Total number of recipients of a document. (M) Distribution Path Values of the distribution path. (De) Distribution System (D) Distributed via Web Server, or Distributed via Server File System, to indicate how the processed Broadcast Agent document is to be distributed. Also returns information on the concatenated path. Group Recipient Group Name receiving the document. Name (D) Recipient Name (D) Name of the recipient.
Recipient Status Enabled, Disabled, or “Exceeded number of logins allowed.” (D) Recipient User Type (D) User profile, as set in Supervisor. Possible values are: General Supervisor, Supervisor, Designer, Supervisor-Designer, User, Broadcast Agent, or Versatile.
Broadcast Agent analysis universe
86
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Time frame class
This class provides job duration data. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Average Duration (M) Job Duration (M) Job Duration Max (M) Job Duration Min (M) Returns Average duration of a job, in seconds. Duration of a job, in seconds. Maximum duration of a job, in seconds. Minimum duration of a job, in seconds.
Submit Date Time Frame subclass This is a subclass of the Time Frame class that provides job submission dates. The following table shows the object that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Returns
Submit Datetime Date on which the task was submitted on the client machine. (D) Start Date Time Frame subclass This is a subclass of the Time Frame class that provides system start dates for jobs. The following table shows the object that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Start Date (D) Returns Date on which the task started on the server. This is the start time for waiting tasks; it is a system parameter that is used until the task is completed. Note: You may receive the value “Friday 06 February 2037 6:28:16 AM.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
87
End Date Time Frame subclass This is a subclass of the Time Frame class that provides job end dates. The following table shows the object that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... End Date (D) Returns Date on which a task ended on the server. This is the end time for waiting tasks; it is a system parameter that is used until the task is completed. Note: You may receive the value “Friday 06 February 2037 6:28:16 AM. Expiration Date Time Frame subclass This is a subclass of the Time Frame class that provides job expiry dates. The following table shows the object that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Expiration Date (D) Returns Date on which a task expired.
Begin Date Time Frame subclass This is a subclass of the Time Frame class that is used to control job start dates. The following table shows the object that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Begin Date (D) Returns Date from which a job is considered valid. • Set this date in the Conditions tab if you want to control the execution date. • When a job is run, the task is duplicated, its status is set to Running (for the duplicated task), and the execution date of the original task is computed.
Broadcast Agent analysis universe
88
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Audit BCA measures class
This class provides various Broadcast Agent job counts. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel.
NOTE
You cannot use more than one object from the Audit BCA Measures Class in a single indicator.
This object... Count BCA Jobs (M) Count Job Expired (M) Count Job Failed (M)
Returns Number of batch jobs submitted. Number of jobs that were retried but not ultimately executed. Number of failed jobs.
Count Job Running (M) Number of jobs currently running. Count Job Success (M) Number of successful jobs. Count Job Suspended (M) Count Job Waiting (M) Number of suspended jobs. Number of waiting jobs.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
89
Broadcast Agent analysis incompatibilities
The following table lists the objects in the Broadcast Agent Analysis universe that are known to be incompatible with each other. This object... Count BCA Jobs in Class... Audit BCA Measures is incompatible with...* the other objects the other objects the other objects the other objects the other objects the other objects in Class Audit BCA Measures Audit BCA Measures Audit BCA Measures Audit BCA Measures Audit BCA Measures Audit BCA Measures
Count Job Expired Audit BCA Measures Count Job Failed Count Job Success Count Job Suspended Audit BCA Measures Audit BCA Measures Audit BCA Measures
Count Job Waiting Audit BCA Measures
* This incompatibility can be caused by one of two factors: • Incompatibility of WHERE clauses • Use of the “Count” operator
Broadcast Agent analysis universe
90
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Repository analysis universe
This section lists the classes in the Repository Analysis universe, and the objects that are available for selection within each class.
NOTE
Because the security domain handles international date and time operations, dates may be displayed in GMT format, which is the time zone reference for the repository. For more information, see the Broadcast Agent Administrator’s Guide.
User class
This class provides information on the people who want to access your business intelligence system. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Returns
Failed Logins (D) Number of times that a user tried to log in, without success. Group Name (D) Existing group names “the list of” or “group names from the repository.” Do not use with User Name, use instead User Group. Note: The Status object in the Document class can only be used with the Document Name and User Name (or Group Name) objects to query the documents that are enabled or diabled for a user (or group). Identification Strategy (D) Inheritance Rights (De) No Password Checking or Full Password Checking. Group from which rights were inherited.
Last Action Date Most recent date of a change of the user. (D) Last Action Type The last type of action to be associated with the user. (D) Values that can be returned include: Unchanged, Inserted,
Updated, or Moved.
Resource (D)
Supervisor, Designer, Agent, Query, Reporter, WebReporter, or Unknown.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
91
This object...
Returns
Resource Status Disabled or Enabled. (D) User Group (D) Name of the user group. User Group (with Name of the user group, preceded by the text string “User label) (D) Group.” User Level (D) User Name (D) Security level for an individual end-user object: Public, Controlled, Restricted, Confidential, or Private. The list of user names from the repository. Note: The Status object in the Document class can only be used with the Document Name and User Name (or Group Name) objects to query the documents that are enabled or diabled for a user (or group). User Name (with The list of user names from the repository, preceded by the label) (D) text string “User Name.” User Profile (D) User Status (D) User Status (picture) (De) User profile, as stored in the repository. Disabled, Enabled, or “Exceeded number of logins allowed.” A graphical representation of user status (WebIntelligence only).
Repository analysis universe
92
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Security Commands subclass This is a subclass of the User class that provides information on the command restrictions applied to groups or individual users. It also shows their access rights to the functionality in Business Objects products. The following table shows the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Returns
Security Name of the Business Objects product on which the Configuration (D) restrictions are placed. These products include Designer, InfoView, Supervisor, BusinessObjects, and WebIntelligence. Security Family (D) Security Status (D) Functionality family on which the restriction is placed. Status of the restriction: Enabled, Disabled, Inherited, or Hidden.
Security Name of the functionality on which the restriction is placed Functionality (D) for Designer, BusinessObjects, Supervisor, InfoView, or WebIntelligence. Designer Name of the functionality on which the restriction is placed Functionality (D) for Designer. BusinessObjects Name of the functionality on which the restriction is placed Functionality (D) for BusinessObjects. Supervisor Name of the functionality on which the restriction is placed Functionality (D) for Supervisor. BusinessQuery Name of the functionality on which the restriction is placed Functionality (D) for BusinessQuery. WebIntelligence Name of the functionality on which the restriction is placed Functionality (D) for WebIntelligence.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
93
Documents class
This class provides information on documents in the corporate repository. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Category Creator (De) Category Name (De) Category Path (De) Document Age (hour) (D) Document Age (min) (D) Document Age (sec) (D) Returns Name of the user who created the document category. Document’s category name. Hierarchical path of the document category if one exists. Document age, in hours. Document age, in minutes. Document age, in seconds.
Document Category (D) A list of document categories with hierarchical path if one exists. Document Creation Date (D) Document Domain (D) Document creation date. The list of document domain names. Note: The Status object cannot be associated directly to the Document Domain object without the Document Name object. Document ID (D) Document Name (D) Document ID. Document name. Note: The Status object cannot be associated directly to the Document Domain object without the Document Name object. The Status object can only be used with the Document Name object and User Name (or Group Name) objects in the User Class to query the documents that are enabled or diabled for a user (or group).
Repository analysis universe
94
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
This object... Document Name & Type (D) Document Persistent (D)
Returns Document name, along with its type. “Persistent” if a document is published to the corporate repository, or Not Persistent if the document is automatically deleted when retrieved by the last user. Document size, in bytes. Document type: .rep, .bqy, .wid, .wqy, or .rea. HTML hyperlink to a graphical image of the document type (Auditor interface only).
Date on which the document was most recently changed. The last type of action to be associated with the document. Values that can be returned include: Unchanged, Inserted, Updated, or Moved.
Document Size (M) Document Type (D) Document Type (picture) (De) Last Action Date (D) Last Action Type (D)
Owner/Sender (D) Status (D)
Owner/Sender of the document. Document status: Enabled, Hidden, Inherited, Disabled. This object cannot be associated directly to the Document Domain object without the Document Name object. This object can only be used with the Document Name object and User Name (or Group Name) objects in the User Class to query the documents that are enabled or diabled for a user (or group).
NOTE
It is not possible to retrieve inherited values of the rights on documents, and it is necessary to look at the rights on each group and domain access to verify if a user or group has the rights to use a document.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
95
Document Domain subclass This is a subclass of the Documents class that provides information on the domain that contains the documents. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Document Domain (D) Document Domain Creator (D) Document Domain Creation Date (D) Last Action Date (D) Last Action Type (D) Returns The list of document domain names. The name of the user who created the document domain. The date that the domain was created.
Date on which the document was most recently changed. The last type of action to be associated with the document domain. Values that can be returned include: Unchanged, Inserted, Updated, or Moved.
NOTE
If the Document Domain Creator object is used in a query with other objects from the Document classes, a blank cell appears for the creator name for the following reasons: • the initial system supervisor ID that was used to create the two first domains is no longer available • the supervisor who created the domain has been deleted from the repository To retrieve creator names, you need to keep all the supervisors who created the document and universe domains in the repository. You cannot display the creator name of the initial domains.
Repository analysis universe
96
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Data Providers subclass This is a subclass of the Documents class that is used to supply information on the provision of data. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Data Provider Name (D) Data Provider Source (D) Duration (D) Last Refresh Date (D) Returns Name of the data provider. Information about the origin of the data in the data provider: universe name, file path, or name of query. No values are shown for third-party documents Time, in seconds, that it took to run the query. Last refresh date of the data provider.
Number of Rows Number of rows in the query. (D) Partial Indicator (D) Information on the data provider, indicating whether the results are Partial or Total.
Received By subclass This is a subclass of the Documents class that provides information on the users receiving documents from the corporate repository. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Recipient Function (D) Recipient Name (D) Recipient Name (with label) (D) Returns User profile as set in Supervisor: General Supervisor, Supervisor, Designer, Supervisor-Designer, User, Broadcast Agent, or Versatile. User name of the recipient. User name of the recipient, preceded by the text string “Recipient Name.”
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
97
Universe Domain subclass This is a subclass of the Documents class that provides information on the domain that contains the universes. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Universe Domain (D) Universe Domain Creator (D) Universe Domain Creation Date (D) Last Action Date (D) Last Action Type (D) Returns The list of universe domain names. The name of the user who created the universe domain. The date that the domain was created.
Date on which the universe domain was most recently changed. The last type of action to be associated with the universe domain. Values that can be returned include: Unchanged, Inserted, Updated, or Moved.
NOTE
If the Universe Domain Creator object is used in a query with other objects from the Universe classes, a blank cell appears for the creator name for the following reasons: • the initial system supervisor ID that was used to create the two first domains is no longer available • the supervisor who created the domain has been deleted from the repository To retrieve creator names, you need to keep all the supervisors who created the document and universe domains in the repository. You cannot display the creator name of the initial domains.
Repository analysis universe
98
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Universe class
This class provides universe setup information. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This Object... File Name (D) Returns The eight-byte name of the universe file (the downloaded universe file is stored locally as a *.unv file). Time of the last universe update. Objects filter for the universe, set in Supervisor. Row restriction for the universe, set in Supervisor. Universe status: Enabled, Hidden, Inherited, or Disabled. Table mapping for the universe, set in Supervisor. The first 256*2 characters of the universe description. Name of the universe domain. Universe ID. Name of the universe.
Last Update Time (M) Objects Filter (De) Row Restriction (De) Status (M) Table Mapping (De) Universe Description (De) Universe Domain (D) Universe ID (D) Universe Name (D)
Universe Revision (De) Revision number of the universe.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
99
Connection class
This class provides universe connection data. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Connection Name (D) Connection RDBMS (D) Returns Name of the universe connection. ID of the database middleware.
Connection Type Connection type: Document Domain, Universe Domain, or (D) Secured. Last Action Date Date on which the universe connection was most recently (D) changed. Last Action Type The last type of action to be associated with the universe (D) connection.
Values that can be returned include: Unchanged, Deleted, Inserted, Updated, or Moved.
Repository analysis universe
100
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Repository Analysis incompatibilities
The following table lists the objects in the Repository Analysis universe that are known to be incompatible with each other: This object... Data Provider Universe Data Provider Universe Data Provider Universe Data Provider Universe Data Provider Universe Data Provider Universe Data Provider Universe Data Provider Universe Data Provider Universe Status Status Status Status Status Status Status Status Status in Class... is incompatible with this object... in Class Universe Universe Universe Universe Universe Universe Universe Universe Universe Universe Universe Universe Connection Connection Connection Connection
Data Providers Universe Domain Data Providers Universe Name Data Providers File Name Data Providers Status Data Providers Connection Name Data Providers Connection Type Data Providers Last Action Date Data Providers Last Action Type Documents Documents Documents Documents Documents Documents Documents Documents Documents Universe Domain Universe Name File Name Status Connection Name Connection Type Last Action Date Last Action Type
Data Providers Connection RDBMS Universe
Connection RDBMS Connection
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
101
Universe domain analysis universe
This section lists the classes in the Universe Domain Analysis universe, and the objects that are available for selection within each class.
Universe parameters class
This class provides information on the maintenance of universes. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Creation Date (D) Filename (D) Filename (with label) (D) First Author (D) Last Author (D) Returns Date on which a universe was created. The eight-byte name of the universe file. The downloaded universe file is stored locally as a *.unv file. The eight-byte name of the universe file, preceded by the text string “Filename”. Original creator, user ID, of a universe. ID of the user who last updated a universe.
Last Modify Date Date on which a universe was last modified. (D) Linked Universe ID (D) Linked Universe Name (D) Max Number Of Columns (D) Max Number of Lines (D) ID of the linked universe, if applicable. Name of the linked universe, if applicable. This object applies only to linked universes, and not to classes and objects in the current universe Maximum number of columns allowed in queries for the selected universe. Maximum number of rows that can be returned for the selected universe.
Max Query Time Maximum query time, in seconds, allowed by the selected (D) universe. Number of Linked Universes (M) Number of other universes to which the selected universe is linked in the repository.
Universe domain analysis universe
102
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
This object... Number of Universes (M) Universe Help Text (D) Universe ID (D) Universe Name (D) Universe Name (with label) (D) Universe Name (with ID) (D) Version (D)
Returns Number of universes in the repository. Help text available when selecting and opening a universe. This object does not apply to linked universes, but rather only to the current universe. Internal ID associated with a universe. Name of a universe. Name of a universe, preceded by the text string “Universe Name”. Name of a universe, with its internal ID. Version number of a universe. This object does not apply to linked universes, only to the current universe.
Class details class
This class provides information on universe classes. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Class Description (D) Class Hidden (D) Returns Description of a class. Yes for a hidden class, or No for a visible, userenabled class. All the classes listed in this guide have a Class Hidden value of No. Class ID (D) Class Name (D) ID of a class. Name of a class.
Class Name (with label) Name of a class, preceded by the text string “Class (D) Name.” Number of Classes (M) Number of unique universe classes.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
103
Object details class
This class provides universe object data. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Hidden Object (D) Number of Objects (M) Object Description (D) Object ID (D) Object Name (D) Object Name (with label) (D) Object Position (D) Object Table Name(s) (D) Object Type (D) SELECT Clause (D) WHERE Clause (D) Advanced subclass This is a subclass of the Object Details class that provides further information on objects, particularly relating to security. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Incompatible Table (D) Object Properties (D) Returns A list of incompatible table names specified by Designer for proper hierarchy navigation. The properties of an object. Returns Yes for a hidden object, or No for a user-enabled object. Number of distinct objects. Help text for an object. ID of an object. Name of an object. Name of an object, preceded by the text string “Object Name.” Numerical position of an object within its class. Table names referenced by an object. The type of the object: Dimension, Detail, or Measure. SQL Select clause for the selected object. SQL Where clause for the selected object.
Object Security Public, Controlled, Restricted, Confidential, Private, or Access Level (D) Unknown. These values are set individually in Designer.
Universe domain analysis universe
104
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Condition details class
This class provides information on universe conditions. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Condition Description (D) Condition Hidden (D) Condition ID (D) Condition Name (D) Condition Position (D) Condition Table Name(s) (D) Condition WHERE Clause (D) Incompatible Table (D) Number of Conditions (M) Returns Description of the condition. Yes for a hidden condition, No for a user-enabled condition, or Unknown. Condition ID. Condition name. Position of the condition within the universe. A list of table names used in the condition. The Where clause associated with a condition, if applicable. A list of incompatible table names, specified in Designer, for proper hierarchy navigation. Total number of conditions.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
105
Universe tables class
This class provides information on universe tables. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Number of Tables (M) Returns Total number of unique tables.
Table Name (with label) (D) Name of a table, preceded by the text string “Table Name.” Table/Alias Name (D) Table/Alias Properties (D) Table ID (D) Name of a table (original or alias). Table/alias properties. Table ID.
Alias Information subclass This is a subclass of the Universe Tables class that provides table alias information. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Alias Table ID (D) Alias (Y or N) (D) Original Database Table Name (D) Returns Alias table ID. Y (yes) if the table is an alias; otherwise, N (no). Base table name for an alias.
Universe domain analysis universe
106
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Joins class
This class provides information on universe joins. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Join ID (D) Join SQL (D) Number of Joins (M) Table 1 Name (D) Table 2 Name (D) Returns Join ID. Join SQL. Number of joins in the universe. Name of the first table in the join. Name of the second table in the join.
Contexts class
This class provides data relating to universe contexts. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Context ID (D) Context Join ID (D) Context Join SQL (D) Returns Context ID. Context join ID. Context join SQL.
Context Join Table 1 Name (D) Name of the first table of the context join. Context Join Table 2 Name (D) Name of the second table of the context join. Context Name (D) Number of Contexts (M) Context name. Number of contexts.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
107
Hierarchies class
This class provides information on universe hierarchies. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Hierarchy ID (D) Hierarchy Name (D) Hierarchy Name (with label) (D) Hierarchy Position in Universe (D) Object Name in Hierarchy (D) Object Position in Hierarchy (D) Returns ID of a hierarchy. Name of a hierarchy. Name of a hierarchy, preceded by the text string “Hierarchy Name”. Position of a hierarchy in its universe.
Number of Hierarchies (M) Total number of hierarchies. Name of an object in a hierarchy. Position of an object in a hierarchy.
Number of Objects in Hierarchies subclass This is a subclass of the Hierarchies class that provides counts of objects used in hierarchies. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Number of Objects (M) Number of Object Instances (M) Returns Number of distinct objects in hierarchies. Number of object appearances (instances) in hierarchies.
Universe domain analysis universe
108
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Universe Domain Analysis incompatibilities
The following table lists the objects in the Universe Domain Analysis universe that are known to be incompatible. This object... Object Security Access Level Class Description Condition Name Context Id Object Position Table/Alias Name Table/Alias Name Table/Alias Name in Class... Advanced Class Details Condition Details Contexts Object Details Universe Tables Universe Tables Universe Tables is incompatible in Classes with this object... All objects All objects All objects All objects All objects Table Name Table Name (with label) Alias Table ID Joins, Contexts and Hierarchies Joins, Contexts and Hierarchies Joins, Contexts and Hierarchies Hierarchies Joins, Contexts and Hierarchies Universe Tables Universe Tables Universe Tables
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
109
System information universe
This section lists the classes in the System Information universe, and the objects that are available for selection within each class.
Actions class
This class provides specific data on user actions. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Action App (D) Action App ID (D) Returns Name of the application that generated the event. The ID of the application that generated the event. This object provides a better compatibility than Action App Name, which may change between different versions of the Business Objects suite. Action Error ID (D) Error ID (if applicable). This object is used by the Broadcast Agent Analysis universe to record error codes. See Monitoring Job Information subclass on page 81. Action Host (D) Action ID (D) Action Name (D) Action Name ID (D) Action Time (D) Action Type (D) Business Objects server that generated the event. Internal ID used to trace events. Name of the event, for example, “Get list of Corporate Documents” or Login. ID of the event name. Action’s date and time. Type of action, such as Repository Name.
Action Type Detail A breakdown of Action Type, such as “Document” within (De) Repository Name. Action Type Detail A text string in front of Action Type Detail, such as “Object (with label) (De) Name: Document”. Cluster ID (D) Cluster Name (D) Internal ID of the cluster in which the event occurs. Name of the cluster in which the event occurs.
System information universe
110
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
This object... Session ID (D)
Returns InfoView session ID. This can be used to generate traces of the first and last events, and to break down reports by session generated by a user.
User Name (D) User Name (with label) (D)
NOTE
Name of the user who generated the event. Name of the user who generated the event, preceded by the text string “User Name.”
When you migrate from a previous version of BusinessObjects to BusinessObjects 6.1 the object Cluster ID=0, and Cluster Name='WebIntelligence 2.x Cluster' are not in the audit database. They are generated into virtual views as null values shown as 0 in the 'Cluster ID' objects. This also applies to Cluster Name objects set to 'WebIntelligence 2.x Cluster'.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
111
Action Details subclass This is a subclass of the Actions class that provides a variety of information. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Number of Elements (D) Number of Rows (D) Returns Number of items in the Inbox, Corporate or Personal document list, or number of universes. This number is logged when a “Get list” event occurs. Number of rows retrieved back for each action. For each action name, see the “Number of Rows Retrieved” measure in the Action Measure subclass. Object Name (D) Object Name (with label) (D) Repository Name (D) SQL Value (D) Total Size of Elements in List (D) Universe Name (D) Universe Name (with label) (D) Name of the object. Name of the object, preceded by the text string “Object Name.” Repository name. SQL statement sent by the system whenever a result is computed or generated. Total size of documents in the Inbox, Corporate or Personal document list. This size is logged when a “Get list” event occurs. Universe name. Universe name, preceded by the text string “Universe Name.”
System information universe
112
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Administration SDK subclass This is a subclass of the Action Details subclass that provides security information from Administration SDK. When a security property on a user or a group is modified by Administration SDK, an event occurs. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Group Name (Administration) (D) Object Security Level (D) Returns Name of the group which was created or deleted from the Administration SDK. The security level property of the user: • private • confidential • restricted • controlled • public Name of the group of the user who had Administration SDK security updates, for example, when if a user was created or their profile set. Encrypted value of the User password set by the Administration SDK.
Parent Group Name (Administrator) (D)
Password (D)
Password Can Change (D) User password event logged when the user password property has been changed. When this parameter is set to 'TRUE', the user will be able to change his password. Otherwise the value is 'FALSE' and the password remains the same. Password Checking (D) User password event logged when the user password property has been changed. When this parameter is set to 'TRUE', the user will have to check his password. Otherwise the value is 'FALSE' and no check will be asked again.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
113
This object... Password Limited Validity (D)
Returns Three event details logged when the user password periodicity property has been changed: • password limited validity • validity is periodic • validity period (days) When this parameter is set to 'TRUE', the user will have to change his assigned password after a specified fixed number of days (retrieved in Password Validity Period (Days) object). Otherwise the value is 'FALSE', and the validity period is removed.
Password Must Change (D)
User password event logged when the user password property has been changed. When this parameter is set to 'TRUE', the user will have to change his password at the first login. Otherwise the value is 'FALSE' and the password can remain the initial assigned password.
Password Periodic Validity Three event details logged when the user (D) password periodicity property has been changed: • password limited validity • validity is periodic • validity period (days) When this parameter is set to 'TRUE', the user will have to change his assigned password after a specified number of days (retrieved in Password Limited Validity object) on a cyclic mode. Otherwise the value is 'FALSE', and the periodic property is removed Password Status (D) User password enabled or not by the Administration SDK.
System information universe
114
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
This object... Password Validity Period (Days) (D) Profile Name (D)
Returns User password property: number of days that can elapse before the user is required to change their password. User profile setting: • private • confidential • restricted • controlled • public Name of the user who had Administration SDK security updates, for example, when if a user was created or their profile set.
User Name (Administration) (D)
Browser information subclass This is a subclass of the Action Details subclass that provides information about the client’s browser when a login event occurs. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Browser Type (D) Client IP (D) Client OS (D) Returns Version and type of Internet browser. Internet Protocol (IP) address of the client. Version and type of operating system.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
115
Document subclass This is a subclass of the Action Details subclass. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Document Category (D) Document Description (D) Document ID (D) Returns Category of the document. Document description. Document ID.
Document Name and Type Document name and type. (D) Document Name (with label) (D) Document Type (D) Keyword (D) Overwrite (D) Name of the document, preceded by the text string “Document Name.” Three-character document suffix, such as .rep, .wid and .wqy. Keyword entered when a Publish/Send/Save event occurs. Option selected when a Publish/Save event occurs. Values are “True” or “False.” Refresh Options (D) Refresh options entered when a Publish/Send/ Save event occurs. Values for third-party documents are: • “Refresh on open” • “Refresh manually” • “Scheduled refresh” • “None” User Name (Target) (D) Distinct destination groups when a Publish/Save event occurs. There is one row generated for each target entered.
System information universe
116
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Page information subclass This is a subclass of the Action Details subclass that provides page information when a Get Page event occurs or when an Apply Format event occurs (Report Name detail only). The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Document Type (D) Page Range (D) Report Name (D) Returns Three characters document extensions, for example .xls, .pdf, and .xml, when a Get Page event occurs. Page Range when a Get Page event occurs. Report Name when a Get Page or an Apply Format event occurs.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
117
Action Measures subclass This is a subclass of the Actions class that is used to quantify user actions. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Action Duration (sec) (M) Count (M) Returns Total duration of an event, in seconds. Actual action durations are stored in milliseconds, and any unknown action values are returned as NULL. A generic count. Use this object in combination with another object to count the number of occurrences. It is not specific to a particular data type. Document size in bytes. This is a non-aggregate object, returning all sizes individually without adding them together. Total number of items associated with each user action. A count of the number of actions recorded Number of documents that have been accessed.
Document Size (M)
Number of Action Details (M) Number of Actions (M) Number of Documents Used (M) Number of Logins (M) Number of Rows Retrieved (M) Number of Sessions (M) Number of Users (M)
Number of Log Offs (M) Number of log offs. Number of attempted logins. Number of rows retrieved from a document. Number of complete user sessions. Number of user sessions opened so far.
System information universe
118
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
This object...
Returns
Session Duration (hour) Total duration of a complete session, in hours. (M) Use this object in conjunction with: • the Session ID object (see Actions class on page 109). Otherwise, action times, and not session times, are returned. • the User Name object to return session times by user. Session Duration (min) (M) Total duration of a complete session, in minutes. Use this object in conjunction with: • the Session ID object (see Actions class on page 109). Otherwise, action times, and not session times, will be returned. • the User Name object to return session times by user. Total size of a document, in bytes. Use this object in conjunction with the Document Name object (Actions class on page 109) to return bytes per document.
Sum Document Size (M)
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
119
Averages subclass This is a subclass of the Action Measures subclass that provides data based on a series of actions over time. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Avg Action Duration (sec) (M) Returns Average duration of an event, in seconds.
Avg Actions per Day (M) Average number of actions over a month, divided by 30. Avg Actions per Hour (M) Avg Actions per Month (M) Avg Rows Retrieved (M) Avg Session Duration (hour) (M) Average number of actions over a day, divided by 24. Average number of annual actions, divided by 12.
Avg Document Size (M) Average document size, in bytes. Average number of rows retrieved via user queries. Total session time over a day, divided by 24. You must use this object with the Session ID object (Actions class on page 109). Otherwise, your results may not be accurate. Total session time over a month, divided by 30. You must use this object with the Session ID object (Actions class on page 109). Otherwise, your results may not be accurate. Total session time over a week, divided by 7. You must use this object with the Session ID object (Actions class on page 109). Otherwise, your results may not be accurate. Number of unique user sessions, divided by 30.
Avg Session Duration (month) (M)
Avg Session Duration (week) (M)
Avg Users per Day (M)
Avg Users per Hour (M) Average number of user sessions that were started per hour. Avg Users per Month (M) Average number of user sessions that were started per month.
System information universe
120
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Action Time subclass This is a subclass of the Actions class that provides the timing of user actions. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Action Day (D) Action Hour (D) Action HHMISS (D) Returns Day on which an action took place. Hour in which an action took place, in 24-hour format. Hour in which an action took place, in 24-hour format and in minutes and seconds. Example: 17:53:59 = 5:53 pm and 59 seconds Action Minutes (D) Action Month (D) Action Month Name (De) Action Quarter (D) Action Seconds (D) Action Week (D) Action YYYY (D) Action YYYY-MM (D) Action YYYY-MM-DD (D) Action YYYY-MM-DD HHMISS (D) Number of minutes past the hour in which an action took place. Number of the month in which an action took place. Name of the month in which an action took place. The quarter in which an action took place, such as Q4. Number of seconds after the minute in which an action took place. Number of the week in which an action took place. Year (YYYY) in which an action took place. Year (YYYY) and month (MM) in which an action took place, such as 2001-01 for January 2001. Year (YYYY), month (MM), and day (DD) on which an action took place, such as 2001-01-25 for January 25, 2001. Start time (to the second) of the event, in the format YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS; for example, 2001/09/25 17:35:59 for 5:35 pm and 59 seconds on September 25, 2001.
Action Hour AM/PM (D) Hour in which an action took place, in AM/PM format.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
121
This object... Last Action Start Time (D)
Returns Start time (to the second) of the event for a given event type. For example, it is used to retrieve the last time a refresh was performed.
Session End Time (D)
Time at which a user’s session ended, in the format YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS. Use this object in conjunction with the Session ID object (Actions class on page 109). Otherwise, action times, and not session times, will be returned.
Session Start Time (D)
Time at which a user’s session started, in the format YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS. Use this object in conjunction with the Session ID object (Actions class on page 109). Otherwise, action times, and not session times, will be returned.
System information universe
122
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Action Time Frame (with label) subclass This is a subclass of the Action Time class that enables you to return text strings for action times. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Action Day (with label) (D) Action DD/MM (with label) (D) Returns Text string for the day on which an action took place, such as “Day: 28”. Text string “Action Start Time” preceding the day and month in which an action took place, such as “Action Start Time: 25/09”.
Action Hour (with label) Text string for the hour in which an action took place, (D) such as “Hour: 03”. Action Minutes (with label) (D) Action MM/DD (with label) (D) Action Month (with label) (D) Action Month Name (with label) (De) Action Quarter (with label) (D) Action Seconds (with label) (D) Text string for the minutes past the hour in which an action took place, such as “Minutes: 46”. Text string “Action Start Time” preceding the month and day on which an action took place, such as “Action Start Time: 09/25”. The month. Text string for the month in which an action took place, such as “Month: 12”. Text string for the quarter in which an action took place, such as “Quarter: Q4”. Text string for the seconds after a minute in which an action took place, such as “Seconds: 50”.
Action Week (with label) Text string for the week in which an action took place, (D) such as “Week: 51”. Action Year (with label) Text string for the year in which an action took place, (D) such as “Year: 2001”.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
123
Session analysis (no actions) class
This class provides session data that is not action-related. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel.
NOTE
The objects in the Session Analysis (No Actions) subclass are not designed to be used with objects of the Actions class. The two sets of objects should not be mixed when creating and editing indicators.
This object... Cluster ID (D) Cluster Name (D) Session Host (user IP) (D) Session User (D) Session User (no 'unknown' users) (D) Session End Time (D)
Returns Internal ID of the cluster in which the session occurs. Name of the cluster in which the session occurs. IP address of the session host. Session user name. Session user name, if known. This object filters out “unknown” users. Session end time, in the format YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS, for example, 2001/09/25 17:35:59 for 5:35pm and 59 seconds on September 25, 2001 Session ID. Session start time, in the format YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS, for example, 2001/09/25 16:30:29 for 4:30 pm and 29 seconds on September 25, 2001
Session ID (D) Session Start Time (D)
NOTE
When you migrate from a previous version of BusinessObjects to BusinessObjects 6.1 the object Cluster ID=0, and Cluster Name='WebIntelligence 2.x Cluster' are not in the audit database. They are generated into virtual views as null values shown as 0 in the 'Cluster ID' objects. This also applies to Cluster Name objects set to 'WebIntelligence 2.x Cluster'.
System information universe
124
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Session Measures subclass This is a subclass of the Session Analysis (No Actions) class that allows you to measure the number and duration of sessions.
NOTE
The objects in the Session Measures subclass are not designed to be used with objects of the Actions class. The two sets of objects should not be mixed when creating and editing indicators. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Number of Sessions (M) Number of Session Users (M) Session Duration (sec) (M) Session Duration (min) (M) Avg Session Duration (sec) (M) Avg Session Duration (min) (M) Returns Number of completed user sessions. Number of users who opened sessions. Total session duration, in seconds. Total session duration, in minutes. Average session duration, in seconds. Average session duration, in minutes.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
125
Session Time subclass This is a subclass of the Session Analysis (No Actions) class that enables you to view the times at which sessions took place.
NOTE
The objects in the Session Time subclass are not designed to be used with objects of the Actions class. The two sets of objects should not be mixed when creating and editing indicators. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this subclass in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Session Day (D) Session Duration (1 min intervals) (D) Returns The day number, such as 05 for the fifth day. Time blocks of one minute. Can be used by the Visit Duration indicator to divide session times into intervals of one minute, instead of the default five minutes Time blocks of five minutes. Used as the default setting by the Visit Duration indicator to divide session times into five minute intervals. Time of a session in 24-hour format. Minutes past the hour in which a session took place. Month in which a session took place, such as 03 for March. The quarter in which a session took place, such as Q2. Unformatted session start time. Week in which a session took place, such as 52 for the last week of the year. Year in which a session took place. Year and month of a session. Year, month, and day of a session.
Session Duration (5 min intervals) (D) Session Hour (D) Session Minutes (D) Session MM (D) Session Quarter (D) Session Start (D) Session Week (D) Session YYYY (D) Session YYYY-MM (D) Session YYYY-MM-DD (D)
System information universe
126
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Site log info class
This class provides you with process logging. The following table lists the objects that you can select from this class in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. This object... Cluster ID (D) Cluster Name (D) Log Host (D) Log ID (D) Log Info (D) Log Level (D) Log Module (D) Log PID (D) Log Time (D)
NOTE
Returns Internal ID of the cluster in which the site log occurs. Name of the cluster in which the site log occurs. The host a user is logged onto. ID of the log file. Information on the log file. Level of the log file. The log module. The log Personal Identifier. Time of the log creation.
When you migrate from a previous version of BusinessObjects to BusinessObjects 6.1 the object Cluster ID=0, and Cluster Name='WebIntelligence 2.x Cluster' are not in the audit database. They are generated into virtual views as null values shown as 0 in the 'Cluster ID' objects. This also applies to Cluster Name objects set to 'WebIntelligence 2.x Cluster'.
Universes, Classes and Objects
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
127
System information incompatibilities
The following table lists the objects in the System Information universe that are known to be incompatible. This object... Number of Log Offs Number of Sessions Number of Sessions Number of Sessions Avg Users per Month Avg Users per Month Avg Actions per Month Avg Actions per Month Avg Actions per Month Avg Actions per Month Avg Actions per Month Avg Actions per Month Avg Actions per Month Avg Actions per Month in Class... Action Measures Action Measures Action Measures Action Measures Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages is incompatible in Classes with this object... All objects Avg Document Size Avg Rows Retrieved All objects Action Measures, Averages, Action Time Averages Averages Session Measures
Avg Users per Day Averages Avg Users per Hour Avg Actions per Day Avg Actions per Hour Number of Sessions Number of Session Users Session Duration (sec) Session Duration (min) Avg Session Duration (sec) Avg Session Duration (min) Averages Averages Averages Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures
System information universe
128
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
This object... Avg Actions per Day Avg Actions per Day Avg Actions per Day Avg Actions per Day Avg Actions per Day Avg Actions per Day Avg Actions per Hour Avg Actions per Hour Avg Actions per Hour Avg Actions per Hour Avg Actions per Hour Avg Actions per Hour
in Class... Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages Averages
is incompatible in Classes with this object... Number of Sessions Number of Session Users Session Duration (sec) Session Duration (min) Avg Session Duration (sec) Avg Session Duration (min) Number of Sessions Number of Session Users Session Duration (sec) Session Duration (min) Avg Session Duration (sec) Avg Session Duration (min) Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures Session Measures
Universes, Classes and Objects
Using Auditor
part
Using Predefined Indicators
chapter
132
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Overview
This chapter provides a detailed review of the predefined indicators. The content is divided into two parts: • an alphabetical list of all indicators • a detailed description of the indicators, divided into analytical categories. Each category has a number of subcategories, which further organize indicators for ease of access. Indicators access full-client (*.rep) documents.
Why are predefined indicators important?
Auditor uses predefined indicators to give you access to the information you need in order to monitor, analyze, and optimize your Business Objects deployment. These indicators are delivered as part of the Auditor package. Each indicator contains one or more reports that focus on a very specific area of analysis; for example, the Average Refresh Time indicator, which shows the average refresh time (in seconds) for all documents, broken down by document name, user, document type, and node. Predefined indicators are your key to information such as: • the users accessing and utilizing your system • the most popular reports and universes • the number of reports that are impacted by changing an object For monitoring and analysis that is even more finely tuned to your particular system, you can create your own indicators.
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
133
Predefined indicators available with Auditor
The following table lists all the predefined indicators provided with Auditor. Indicator 10 Least Read Documents 10 Least Exported Documents 10 Most Read Documents 10 Most Exported Documents Average Number of Users Concurrently Logged in Average Refresh Time Average Session Duration per Cluster Average Session Duration per User Average Session Duration Broadcast Agents on the System Cluster Nodes Deactivated Users Document Information Summary Document Usage Documents Never Read Impact Analysis IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters Category Document Management Document Management Document Management Document Management System Information Document Management System Information System Information System Information Broadcast Agent System Information User Information Document Management Subcategory Top 10 & Bottom 10 Top 10 & Bottom 10 Top 10 & Bottom 10 Top 10 & Bottom 10 Traffic Usage Traffic Traffic Traffic Global Console Usage Security Analysis Analysis Analysis Usage Analysis Impact Analysis Security
Document Information Detail Document Management
Document Size in Repository Document Management Document Management Document Management Universe Management System Information
Predefined indicators available with Auditor
134
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Indicator Job Success Rate Job Summary Jobs per BCA Jobs per Frequency Jobs per User Joins per Universe Last Login for User Most Active Users Most Popular Actions Most Popular Actions per Document Most Popular Universes Number of Objects per Universe Number of Users in the Repository Number of User Sessions Objects Accessed Objects Used in Documents Peak Usage Refresh and Edit Activity Total Users Concurrently Logged in by Day Types of Browsers in Use Universe Information Detail Universe Information Summary Universe Usage User Activity
Category Broadcast Agent Broadcast Agent Broadcast Agent Broadcast Agent Broadcast Agent Universe Management User Information User Information User Information Document Management Universe Management Universe Management User Information User Information Universe Management Document Management System Information User Information System Information System Information Universe Management Universe Management Universe Management User Information
Subcategory Job Information Job Information Job Information Job Information Job Information Properties Activity Top 10 & Bottom 10 Activity Analysis Usage Properties Activity Activity Usage Analysis Usage Activity Traffic Usage Properties Properties Usage Activity
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
135
Indicator User Activity per Session User Information Detail User Information Summary User Profiles in the Repository Users Who Logged Off Incorrectly
Category User Information User Information User Information User Information User Information
Subcategory Activity Security Security Security Activity
Predefined indicators available with Auditor
136
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
User Information category
The User Information category provides analysis of user activity, enabling you to monitor resource usage and examine security-related details. For example, you can track session duration, or view a detailed breakdown of user actions per time period. The User Information predefined indicators are divided into the following subcategories: • activity • security • top 10 & bottom 10 Business Questions The category start page contains several preset business questions, taking you straight to the relevant indicator. The following table shows the questions and the indicators they open in the User Information category. This business question... What is the total number of users? What are my user profiles? Whose passwords have been deactivated? What are the most popular actions? Who does not log out correctly? When was the last time users logged in? Opens this indicator Number of Users in the Repository User Profiles in the Repository Deactivated Users Most Popular Actions Users Who Logged Off Incorrectly Last Login for User
What is my user activity by month, week, day? User Activity
Are my users editing reports or only refreshing Refresh and Edit Activity them?
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
137
Activity
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Activity subcategory within the User Information category. This indicator... Provides... Last Login for User Most Popular Actions Via these reports Last Login for User
Last date and time to the second • that a given user logged in to the system. Quantity of the most popular actions during a given time period. • • • • •
Most Popular Actions per Year Most Popular Actions per Quarter Most Popular Actions per Month Most Popular Actions per Week Most Popular Actions per Day Number of Users in the Repository Number of Instances per User Active and Inactive Users
Number of Users Number of users in the • in the Repository repository, along with the following information about • them: • how many have logged in at • least once • how many occurrences for each user • how many users have never logged in Number of User Sessions Total number of user sessions by cluster, year, month, week, and day. • • •
Number of Sessions Per Month Number of Sessions Per Week Number of Sessions Per Day
User Information category
138
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
This indicator... Provides...
Via these reports Refresh Actions per User
Refresh and Edit Number of edit and refresh • Activity actions per document trace, per cluster and per selected user over the whole period edited in the audit database. User Activity Number of users using the • system, for each month, week, or day within a given time period. • You are prompted for the start and end dates of the time period. •
User Activity per Month User Activity per Week User Activity per Day
User Activity per Analyzes user activity for the Session whole content of the audit database per cluster, session, action and date. Users Who Logged Off Incorrectly
N/A
Of the users who logged in • during a given year: • • total number of users • total number of logins • number of log off actions • number of users who logged off incorrectly • percentage of users who logged off incorrectly • breakdown of above information by user
Statistics Users Who Logged Off Incorrectly
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
139
Security
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Security subcategory within the User Information category. This indicator... Deactivated Users Provides... List of deactivated users and their profiles. Via these reports • • • • • Deactivated Users Disabled Logins Users Not Active in Last 30 Days User Instance Status User Instance Security Commands
User Information Detail
List of users and the groups to which they belong. For each separate membership instance, the following are shown: • user profile • user status • failed logins • user level • identification strategy The security commands for a given user are classified by command sets.
User Information Summary
Users in each user group. For each user, the following are shown: • user name • user profile • status of the total number of users in the repository, the percentage in each profile a list of deactivated users total number and names of users for each profile
Users and Groups
User Profiles in • the Repository • •
• • •
User Profiles Deactivated Users User Names per Profile
User Information category
140
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Top 10 & Bottom 10
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Top 10 & Bottom 10 subcategory within the User Information category. This indicator... Most Active Users Provides... Number of logins and refreshes for each of the top ten users. Via these reports • • Top 10 Users by Number of Logins Top 10 Users by Number of Refresh Actions
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
141
Document Management category
The Document Management category provides analysis of document use, as well as information about the documents themselves. For example, you can monitor the most popular and least popular documents, or find out which documents have never been read. Document Management is divided into the following subcategories: • analysis • top 10 & bottom 10 • usage Business questions The category start page contains several preset business questions, taking you straight to the relevant indicator. The following table shows the questions and the indicators they open in the Document Management category. This business question... What are my 10 most popular documents? What are my 10 least popular documents? Which documents have never been opened? What is my average document size? How many objects are in each document? Opens this indicator 10 Most Read Documents 10 Least Read Documents Documents Never Read Document Size in Repository Objects Used in Documents
How many users have unread reports in their Documents Never Read inbox? What are the 10 most frequently exported documents? 10 Most Exported Documents
What is the average time needed for reports to Average Refresh Time refresh?
Document Management category
142
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Analysis
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Analysis subcategory within the Document Management category. This Provides... indicator... Document • Information Detail • • • Via these reports Document Information Document Usage Batch Usage
total number of documents past and • present in the repository alphabetical list of documents and their • types. actions performed on a given document, • classified by type of action. batch jobs performed per document. Overall number (and percentage) of successes and failures for each Broadcast Agent is shown.
Document For each document domain: • Information • total size in KB of all documents, by type Summary • number and percentage of documents for • each document type • list of analytical categories, showing for each category the creator, total size in KB and number of all documents, and the percentage of documents in each type • document name, type, ID, and size • percentage and total size in KB of documents held by each user For each document owner: • total number and size of documents • a list of documents classified by type, showing document name, domain, creation date, and size in KB
Document Domain Top 10 Document Owners
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
143
This Provides... indicator... Documents List of documents for which there are no Never Read events “read corporate document” or “read inbox document” in the audit database.
Via these reports • Documents Never Read in Corporate Documents Never Read in User Inbox Document Size in Corporate Document Size in User Inbox
•
Document Size in Repository Most Popular Actions per Document
total space used by all: • inbox documents • corporate documents Most popular actions taken for a given document by: • user • session • action name • date
• •
N/A
Objects • Used in Documents •
•
average number of objects for each type • of document list of objects contained in each document, with the total number of objects 20 most and least frequently used objects • for each type of document. Objects are listed in order of rank •
•
Average Number of Objects per Document Type Objects Used per Document 20 Most Used Objects per Document Type 20 Least Used Objects per Document Type
Document Management category
144
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Top 10 & Bottom 10
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Top 10 & Bottom 10 subcategory within the Document Management category. This indicator... 10 Least Exported Documents Provides... Via these reports 10 Least converted to CSV 10 Least Sent to Users 10 Least Downloaded 10 Least Read 10 Least Refreshed 10 Least Edited
List of documents for which there are • the least number of respective events: • • download documents • send to users • • get a CSV document
• 10 Least Read Number of times: Documents • the 10 least read documents were • read • the 10 least refreshed documents • were refreshed • the 10 least edited documents were edited 10 Most Exported Documents List of documents for which there are • the most respective events: • • download documents • send to users • • get a CSV document Number of times: • • the 10 most read documents were • read • • the 10 most refreshed documents were refreshed • the 10 most edited documents were edited
10 Most Converted to CVS 10 Most Sent to Users 10 Most Downloaded 10 Most Read 10 Most Refreshed 10 Most Edited
10 Most Read Documents
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
145
Usage
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Usage subcategory within the Document Management category. This indicator... Average Refresh Time Provides... The average refresh time per document, user, or cluster over the whole period covered in the audit database. Via these reports • • • Document Usage Lists: • the repository documents for which there are no events in the audit database • the documents for which events were audited but that are no longer referenced in the repository • the most accessed documents • the least accessed documents • audit actions distribution for each document • • • • • Average Refresh Time per Document Average Refresh Time per User Average Refresh Time per Cluster Documents Never Accessed Documents Deleted from Repository Most Accessed Documents Least Accessed Documents Document Usage
Document Management category
146
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Universe Management category
The Universe Management category provides detailed analysis of universe structures, such as tables, joins, classes, and objects. This information enables you to analyze the potential impact of: • database schema modifications on universes • universe modifications on your Business Intelligence system In addition, universe and object hit information allows you to bill extranet users according to the repositories and objects they access. Universe Management is divided into the following subcategories: • impact analysis • properties • usage Business questions The category start page contains several preset business questions, taking you straight to the relevant indicator. The following table shows the questions and the indicators they open in the Universe Management category. This business question... How many universes do I have? How many documents do I have in each universe? Which documents (already in use) are impacted if I modify an object? Which joins are used in my universes? Which connections are my universes using? Which are the most popular universes? Opens this indicator Universe Information Summary Impact Analysis Impact Analysis Joins by Universe Universe Information Summary Most Popular Universes
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
147
Impact analysis
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Impact Analysis subcategory within the Universe Management category. This Provides... indicator... Impact Analysis • • • number of documents in each universe number of objects in each document list of all the objects used in each document Via these reports • • • Number of Documents per Universe Number of Objects per Document Objects Used in Documents
Universe Management category
148
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Properties
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Properties subcategory within the Universe Management category. This indicator... Joins per Universe Provides... Joins for the currently selected universe. Via these reports
Joins by A join is a relational operation causing two Universe or more tables with a common domain to be combined into a single table. For each join: • join ID • associated tables • join SQL string
Number of Objects per Universe
Number of objects in each universe. Filters are available for: • universe • class • object Prompt on the universe name.
• •
Universe Classes Universe Objects
Universe Information Detail
• • • • •
Universe Tables Classes and Objects Conditions Contexts Hierarchies
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
149
This indicator... Universe Information Summary
Provides... •
Via these reports Universe Summary Universe Usage
• •
• number of universes in the current domain, and in all the domains in the repository. • For each universe: - domain - number of revisions - status (enabled/disabled) - time of last update - description - whether there is a filter - row restrictions - table mapping - connection name, database, and type - last action date and type - file name - creation date - first and last authors - maximum number of lines and columns - maximum query time (in seconds) number of times each universe was accessed, per quarter. for each universe, a list of documents classified by document domain. For each document: - Document name and type - Document category and size (in KB) - Creation date
Universe Management category
150
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Usage
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Usage subcategory within the Universe Management category. This Provides... indicator... Most Popular Universes Via these reports Most Popular Universes per Month Most Popular Universes per Week Objects Accessed per Month Objects Accessed per Day Universes Never Accessed Universes Deleted from Repository Universe Usage
Number of actions for each universe, by • month or week, during a given year. Universes are listed in order of rank. • List of all objects used in the universe • showing: • the documents they appeared in • • the number of times the object was accessed Universe usage since a chosen date. • • •
Objects Accessed
Universe Usage
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
151
Broadcast Agent category
The Broadcast Agent category provides an overview of how Broadcast Agent is used, including job scheduling, success rate, and sender/receiver details. The Broadcast Agent category in Auditor is divided into the following subcategories: • global console • job information Business questions The category start page contains several preset business questions, taking you straight to the relevant indicator. The following table shows the questions and the indicators they open in the Broadcast Agent category. This business question... How many Broadcast Agents do I have? How many tasks are pending on BCA? What is the success rate of Broadcast Agent jobs? Opens this indicator Broadcast Agents on the System Job Summary Job Summary
How many tasks were processed by BCA? Jobs per BCA
Global console
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Global Console subcategory within the Broadcast Agent category. This indicator... Provides... Broadcast Agents on the System Via these reports Broadcast Agents and Cluster Node Locations Broadcast Agents and Duration of Jobs (sec)
Correspondence between • Broadcast Agents and cluster nodes, along with the duration • of jobs per Broadcast Agent.
Broadcast Agent category
152
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Job information
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Job Information subcategory within the Broadcast Agent category. This indicator... Provides... Job Success Rate Analysis per error code, job frequency, document, and current connection of the universe on which the document is based. Via these reports • • • • Failure Distribution Failure per BCA Error Failure per Frequency Failure per Document Jobs per Status Pending Jobs Successful Jobs Failed Jobs Jobs per Broadcast Agent – Summary Jobs per Broadcast Agent Jobs per Node Location
Job Summary
Job status per Broadcast Agent. • • • • Job status per Broadcast Agent. • For each job, these details are • shown: • user name • • job description • job platform • priority • frequency • begin time • job status (success or failed)
Jobs per BCA
Jobs per User
Breakdown of Broadcast Agent jobs according to user.
• • • •
Jobs per User – Summary Jobs per User Job Duration per User (sec) Job Failure per User Frequency Distribution Frequency Detail
Jobs per Frequency
Analysis of Broadcast Agent jobs by frequency.
• •
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
153
System Information category
The System Information category provides analysis of trends in BusinessObjects usage. For example, you can check the number of connected users, average session duration, or the number of rows retrieved. This category is also useful for the detection of fraud. The System Information indicators are divided into the following subcategories: • security • traffic • usage Business questions The category start page contains several preset business questions, taking you straight to the relevant indicator. The following table shows the questions and the indicators they open in the System Information category. This business question... Which types of browser are being used? How many servers do I have? How many users are on my system? Who uses my system the most? Which IP addresses are being used to access my BI server solution and how often? How many users are accessing my system daily and when is the most popular time? Opens this indicator Types of Browsers in Use Cluster Nodes Average Number of Users Concurrently Logged In Refresh and Edit Activity IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters Average Number of Users Concurrently Logged In
What is the average session duration? Average Session Duration per User
System Information category
154
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Security
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Security subcategory within the System Information category. This indicator... IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters Provides... Via these reports IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters per Year IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters per Month
During a given time period: • • list of the IP addresses accessing the clusters, with the total number of addresses • number of actions performed • on each IP address
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
155
Traffic
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Traffic subcategory within the System Information category. This indicator... Average Session Duration per Cluster Provides... Via these reports Average Session Duration in Minutes over the Period Average Session Duration in Minutes per Week Average Session Duration in Minutes per Day
For each cluster or host • machine during a given year or set of years, the average • session duration (in minutes) per time period. • The information is aggregated for the selected years in the Average Session Duration in Minutes over the Period report. For each user during a given year, the average session duration (in minutes) per time period. • •
Average Session Duration per User
•
Average Session Duration in Minutes Over the Year Average Session Duration in Minutes per Month per User Average Session Duration in Minutes per Week per User
System Information category
156
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
This indicator... Average Session Duration
Provides... For any selected group of users, the average session duration per user by: • year • quarter • month • week • day • hour
Via these reports N/A
Average Number of Users Concurrently Logged In
• For a given month: • average number of concurrent sessions during each hour • • names and number of users concurrently logged • in during each hour
Average Number of Concurrent Logged In Sessions Users Concurrently Logged In Average Users Concurrently Logged In Total Number of Concurrent Logged In Sessions Users Concurrently Logged In
Total Users For a given day: • Concurrently • total number of concurrent Logged In by sessions during each hour Day • names and total number of • users concurrently logged in during each hour
Using Predefined Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
157
Usage
Auditor provides the following predefined indicators for the Usage subcategory within the System Information category. This indicator... Provides... Types of • Browsers in Use • Cluster Nodes • Via these reports Types of Browser Number of Logins per Browser
types of browser being used • and the percentage for each • one number of logins for each type of browser for each cluster, the number • of nodes and the number of • active modules for each module, the last known status and the date and time of the last update
Servers in the Cluster Module’s Last Known Status
•
Peak Usage
An aggregate for a set of • selected years and the model of • a "typical day" for logins, • sessions, and number of actions No for a specified time period.
User Login Peaks Session Login Peaks Number of Action Peaks
System Information category
158
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Using Predefined Indicators
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
chapter
160
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Overview
This chapter explains how to create, modify, and publish indicators in Auditor. In Auditor, you can modify a predefined indicator, and then save it under a new name. For monitoring and analysis that is even more finely tuned to your particular system, you can create your own, entirely new indicators.
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
161
Universes, classes, and objects
Knowledge of universes is important for understanding the elements used in creating and modifying indicators. For example, it is the universe that determines the objects that are available for building a new indicator. Auditor is delivered with the following predefined universes that enable you to immediately carry out monitoring and analysis activities. Universe Broadcast Agent Analysis Repository Analysis Universe Domain Analysis System Information File name BCA.unv SECURITY.unv UNIVERSE.unv ACTIVITY.unv
The predefined universes are attached to different domains. These domains are connected to databases during installation, prior to export of the universes. Universe Broadcast Agent Analysis Repository Analysis Universe Domain Analysis System Information Domain Security Security Universe Audit database Database Corporate repository Corporate repository Corporate repository Audit database
Each universe provides an interface for different classes of database objects, permitting compatible objects to be used in building queries using the BusinessObjects Query Panel. The Query Panel is displayed in Auditor following the selection of either: • the Add a New Indicator command • the Edit option for an existing indicator The objects available in the selected universe are listed in the BusinessObjects Query Panel. If you are modifying an existing indicator, one or more universes are already associated with the query. If you are creating a new indicator, you can choose the universe that is associated with the query.
Universes, classes, and objects
162
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Access rights for indicators
The options displayed for a given indicator depend on the user’s access rights in Business Objects. For example, a user can have the right to refresh an indicator but not to modify it. For this action... Creating indicators Modifying indicators Publishing indicators Saving indicators Reading indicators Refreshing indicators Deleting indicators You need these access rights in Business Objects... Create documents Edit documents Edit documents Publish documents Save documents Read corporate documents Run and refresh Do not delete other user’s corporate documents (must be disabled)
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
163
Creating indicators
Before you create an indicator, you must select a universe. To create a new indicator: 1. In the Auditor main window, click the analytical category in which you want to create the new indicator. The Category start page appears. 2. Click Add a New Indicator. The main window of BusinessObjects appears. The New Report wizard also is displayed if the Run this Wizard at Startup option was selected on the first window of the wizard. If the wizard does not appear, open it by selecting File, New. 3. Use the wizard to create a standard BusinessObjects document based on a universe, for example Broadcast Agent Analysis: Security. The BusinessObjects Query Panel appears, displaying the classes and objects available in the universe.
4. Build the indicator query using the universe’s classes and objects. 5. Test the query by clicking Run. The indicator you created is displayed. If you want to preserve the new indicator, you can publish or save it directly from BusinessObjects, without returning to Auditor.
Creating indicators
164
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Publish to Corporate Indicators 1. Save the report to the default directory: \Business Objects\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\UserDocs 2. If you want to assign a subcategory, choose File, Properties, and enter the subcategory name in the Keywords field.
NOTE
The field is case-sensitive. 3. On the File menu, choose Publish To, Corporate Documents. The Send dialog box appears. 4. If the report does not appear in the Documents to send area, click Browse. 5. If you want to change the analytical category, click Categories. 6. If you want to schedule a refresh using Auditor, click Schedule. The Scheduling Options page appears. 7. Set the refresh frequency you want, and then click OK. 8. Click OK. Save to Personal Indicators 1. On the File menu, choose Send To, Personal Documents. The Send Personal Document dialog box appears. 2. Fill in the required information, and then click Save. 3. If you want to change the analytical category, select the category from the Categories list.
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
165
Modifying indicators
You can add or remove objects, change the formatting and layout, or modify the conditions of an existing indicator.
To modify an existing indicator
1. Log in to the Auditor site: http://<hostname>:<portname>/auditor 2. In the Auditor main window, click the category containing the indicator you want to modify. 3. Under the name of the indicator, click the Edit option.
click Edit
The BusinessObjects Query Panel opens and the indicator’s classes and objects are available.
If you want to preserve the new indicator, you can publish or save it directly from BusinessObjects, without returning to Auditor.
Modifying indicators
166
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Publish to Corporate Indicators 1. Save the report to the default directory: \Business Objects\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\UserDocs 2. If you want to assign a subcategory, select File, Properties, and enter the subcategory name in the Keywords field.
NOTE
The field is case-sensitive. 3. On the File menu, choose Publish To, Corporate Documents. The Send dialog box appears. 4. If the report does not appear in the Send Documents area, click Browse. 5. If you want to change the analytical category, click Categories. 6. If you want to schedule a refresh using Auditor, click Schedule. The Scheduling Options page appears. Set the refresh frequency you want, and then click OK. 7. Click OK. Save to Personal Indicators 1. On the File menu, choose Send To, Personal Documents. The Send Personal Document dialog box appears. 2. Fill in the required information, and then click OK. 3. If you want to change the analytical category, select the category from the Categories list.
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
167
Publishing indicators
When you publish an indicator in Auditor, it is saved as a corporate indicator in a document domain in the corporate repository. This allows other users to access the same indicator.
NOTE
When you save an indicator, it is maintained as a personal indicator. The indicator will be available only to you. (See Saving indicators in Auditor on page 170.) The indicator is published in the analytical category and subcategory of your choice. It then appears in the list of indicators, under Corporate, for the selected category and subcategory. This section covers publishing that is performed from the list of indicators in Auditor.
Publishing indicators
168
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
To publish an indicator: 1. In Auditor, in the analytical category, locate the name of the indicator in the list of indicators. 2. Click the arrow next to the name of the indicator to display the available options. 3. Click the Publish option. The Publish page appears. The name of the indicator defaults to the current indicator name.
4. Enter a new name for the indicator (optional). We recommend entering a new, unique name, even if you have edited an existing indicator. This preserves the original set of predefined indicators supplied with Auditor. 5. Select the indicator’s category and subcategory. 6. Select the document domain where you want to publish your indicator. The domains listed are those in which you have both writing and modification rights.
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
169
7. Select the destination user group(s) for which you want to make the indicator available. 8. Click Yes or No for the Overwrite if indicator exists option: - If you select Yes, this indicator replaces any other indicator in the same document domain with the same name. - If you select No, and another indicator exists in the same document domain with the same name, Auditor prompts you to change the name of your indicator. 9. Choose a refresh option: - Refreshed manually The indicator is refreshed only when a user refreshes it manually. - Scheduled Refresh If you want to schedule a refresh using Auditor, choose this option. The Scheduling Options page appears. 10. Set the refresh frequency you want, and then click OK. 11. Click Publish. Auditor publishes the indicator.
Publishing indicators
170
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Saving indicators in Auditor
When you save an indicator, it is maintained as a personal indicator. Personal indicators are stored in a given user’s file in the BusinessObjects installation directory, which by default is: Program Files\Business Objects\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\nodes\ <hostname>\auditorData\Documents\mycluster\Storage\user\<username> They are accessible only by the user or an administrator with rights to access the user’s files.
NOTE
When you publish an indicator in Auditor, it is saved as a corporate indicator to a document domain in the corporate repository. This allows other users to access the same indicator. (See Publishing indicators on page 167.) The indicator is saved in the analytical category and subcategory of your choice. It then appears in the list of indicators, under Personal, for the selected category and subcategory. This section covers saving that is performed from the list of indicators in Auditor. The saving of indicators in BusinessObjects has a different procedure; see Creating indicators on page 163. To save an indicator in Auditor: 1. Select an analytical category. 2. Locate the name of the indicator in the list of indicators. 3. Click the arrow next to the name of the indicator to display the available options.
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
171
4. Click the Save option. The Save as Personal Document page appears.
5.
6. 7.
8.
The name of the indicator defaults to the current indicator name, or, if it is a new indicator, to “undefined.” Enter a new name for the indicator (optional). It is best to enter a new, unique name, even if you have refreshed or edited an existing indicator. This preserves the original set of predefined indicators supplied with Auditor. Select the indicator’s category and subcategory. Click Yes or No for the Overwrite if indicator exists option. - If you select Yes, this indicator replaces any other indicator in the same document domain with the same name. - If you select No, and another indicator exists in the same document domain with the same name, Auditor stores your indicator in the document domain with a different indicator ID, and both indicators become available. Click OK. Auditor saves the indicator.
Saving indicators in Auditor
172
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Deleting indicators
If you have the required access rights, you can delete an indicator. To delete an indicator: 1. In the Auditor main window, click the analytical category containing the indicator you want to delete. 2. Under the name of the indicator, click Delete. A confirmation message appears. 3. Click OK.
REMINDER
You can delete any of the predefined indicators if you have been granted the necessary access rights in Supervisor. However, if you delete a predefined indicator by mistake, and have no backup (for example, in your personal documents area), you must reexport the document using Document Exporter. For more information see Exporting predefined indicators on page 49.
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
173
Exercise: Creating a new indicator
In the following procedure, we create an indicator that displays the users who accessed documents on a particular day. To create the indicator: 1. In the Auditor main window, select the User Information category.
2. Click Add a New Indicator. BusinessObjects opens. The New Report wizard also opens if the Run this Wizard at Startup option was selected on the first window of the wizard. If the wizard does not appear, open it by selecting File, New. Using the New Report wizard, select: - Generate a Standard Report - Universe - System Information: Audit universe Click Finish. The BusinessObjects Query Panel appears. Drag the following objects to the Result Objects pane: - Action YYYY-MM-DD (Actions folder, Action Time subfolder) - User Name (Actions folder) - Document Name & Type (Actions folder, Action Details subfolder, Document subfolder) Right-click the Action YYYY-MM-DD object, and point to Apply Simple Condition. From the list of values, select the day for which you want to run the report. Click Run. The new report appears in BusinessObjects. Name the report “Usage for a Day,” and add any formatting changes you want.
3.
4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9.
Exercise: Creating a new indicator
174
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
10. Choose File, Save As, and then save the report as “Usage for a Day.” 11. Choose File, Publish To, Corporate Documents. The Send page appears. 12. Do the following: - Select the user groups to which you want to make the indicator available. - Select the new indicator in the Documents to Send list. - Click Categories, and then select User Information.
13. Click OK. 14. After the confirmation message appears, return to the Auditor main window.
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
175
15. Click the User Information category, and then verify that the newly-published indicator appears under Corporate indicators. If it does not appear, refresh the list.
click the Refresh icon if the newly-published indicator does not appear
16. View and test the new indicator.
Exercise: Creating a new indicator
176
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Creating, Modifying, and Publishing Indicators
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
chapter
178
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Overview
This chapter focuses on specific applications of Auditor. These applications simulate many of the situations faced by users of the product. For each situation, the discussion includes one or more of the following ways to solve the problem: • use an existing indicator • modify an existing indicator • create a new indicator • select a business question It is assumed that you already know how to use Auditor, as explained in the previous chapters of this guide.
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
179
Business questions
Each category start page contains several preset business questions, taking you straight to the relevant indicator. This helps you to quickly find the information you are looking for. When you click a question, the first report of the associated indicator appears. If there are business questions relevant to the subject being discussed, they are listed at the end of the section. The following table shows all the business questions and the indicators they open. Category User Information Business question What is the total number of users? What are my user profiles? What is my user activity by month, week, day? Whose passwords have been deactivated? Who does not log out correctly? When was the last time users logged in? Indicator Number of Users in the Repository User Profiles in the Repository User Activity Deactivated Users
What are the most popular actions? Most Popular Actions Users Who Logged Off Incorrectly Last Login for User
Are my users editing reports or only Refresh and Edit Activity refreshing them? Document What are my 10 most popular Management documents? What are my 10 least popular documents? 10 Most Read Documents 10 Least Read Documents
Which documents have never been Documents Never Read opened? What is my average document size? Document Size in Repository
180
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Category
Business question How many objects are in each document? How many users have unread reports in their inbox? What are the 10 most frequently exported documents?
Indicator Objects Used in Documents Documents Never Read 10 Most Exported Documents
What is the average time needed for Average Refresh Time reports to refresh? Universe How many universes do I have? Management How many documents do I have in each universe? Which documents (already in use) are impacted if I modify an object? Which joins are used in my universes? Which connections are my universes using? Which are the most popular universes? Broadcast Agent How many Broadcast Agents do I have? Universe Information Summary Impact Analysis Impact Analysis Joins by Universe Universe Information Summary Most Popular Universes Broadcast Agents on the System
How many tasks were processed by Jobs per Broadcast Agent Broadcast Agent? How many tasks are pending on Broadcast Agent? What is the success rate of Broadcast Agent jobs? System Information What is the average session duration? Which types of browser are being used? Job Summary Job Summary Average Session Duration per User Types of Browsers in Use
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
181
Category
Business question How many servers do I have?
Indicator Cluster Nodes
How many users are on my system? Average Number of Users Concurrently Logged In Who uses my system the most? Refresh and Edit Activity Which IP addresses are being used IP Addresses Accessing to access my BI server solution and my Audited Clusters how often? How many users are accessing my Average Number of system daily and when is the most Users Concurrently popular time? Logged In
182
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Creating a business question You can also create your own business questions: 1. Open the file BusinessQuestionsEN.txt, located in the folder in which the Auditor .war files were deployed. For example, for the Tomcat application server, the BusinessQuestionsEN.txt file should be located in: $TOMCATINSTALLDIR\webapps\auditor
2. Find the section for the category in which you want the question to appear. 3. After the last indicator in the list (in the example above Average Number of Users Concurrently Logged In), add the following lines: BQNumber=<number of last BQNumber + 1> BQuestions<number of last question + 1>=<name of new question> IndName<number of last question + 1>=<name of indicator opened by the question> ReportName<number of last question + 1>=<name of report opened by the question> 4. Save and close the BusinessQuestionsEN.txt file.
NOTE
To delete a business question, delete the three lines mentioned in Step 3.
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
183
How do I monitor the use of Business Objects products?
In Auditor, you can use certain objects to determine which Business Objects products and versions are being used. You can use this kind of information for building a profile of your customer base, and for monitoring user preferences. Then, you can better allocate resources to the products that are most heavily used, and more efficiently balance the load on your servers. To monitor the products in use, create a new indicator: 1. In Auditor click the System Information category.
2. Click the Add a New Indicator command. BusinessObjects opens. The New Report wizard also opens if the Run this Wizard at Startup option was selected on the first window of the wizard. If the wizard does not appear, open it by selecting File, New. 3. Using the New Report wizard, select: - Generate a standard report - Universe - System Information: Audit universe 4. Click Finish. The BusinessObjects Query Panel appears.
How do I monitor the use of Business Objects products?
184
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
5. Drag the Action App object (Actions folder) to the Result Objects pane.
6. Click Run.
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
185
The new indicator appears in BusinessObjects.
The indicator displays the products in use. By adding extra dimensions, you can generate more detailed usage statistics.
How do I monitor the use of Business Objects products?
186
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
How do I track Broadcast Agent usage?
Auditor provides a number of predefined indicators associated with Broadcast Agent, including job scheduling and success rate information. For example, you can find out the number of successful jobs, or obtain a list of submitted documents. The following predefined indicators are available: • Broadcast Agents on the System • Jobs per Broadcast Agent • Jobs per User • Job Summary Using this information, you can troubleshoot Broadcast Agent errors, analyze usage patterns, and then use the Administration Console to balance the allocation of system resources accordingly.
Business questions
The following business questions are designed to help you track Broadcast Agent usage. This business question... In this category... Opens this indicator... Broadcast Agents on the System Jobs per Broadcast Agent Job Summary Job Summary
How many Broadcast Agents do Broadcast Agent I have? How many tasks were Broadcast Agent processed by Broadcast Agent? How many tasks are pending on Broadcast Agent Broadcast Agent? What is the success rate of Broadcast Agent jobs? Broadcast Agent
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
187
How do I find out which machines are accessing my system?
Through the use of the predefined indicator IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters in the System Information category, Auditor allows you to view: • IP addresses of successfully logged-in clients • number of logins per IP address during a given reporting period Because the IP address is linked to the client machine rather than to the actual user, this information can be used to monitor the various machines—and the number of users logged in to those machines—within a given reporting period. To find out which machines are being used: 1. In Auditor click the System Information category. 2. Click the IP Addresses Accessing My Audited Clusters indicator. 3. Click the Refresh option under the name of the indicator. A date selection box appears. 4. Enter or browse for the year or years that you want. Hold down the CTRL key, to select multiple years. 5. Click Run Query. Auditor runs the query and displays the following report.
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you find out which machines are being used to access your system. This business question... In this category... Opens this indicator... IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters
Which IP addresses are being System Information used to access my BI server solution and how often?
How do I find out which machines are accessing my system?
188
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Can I detect fraud with Auditor?
Yes, Auditor is an efficient tool for detecting fraud. Because you can use Auditor to monitor both the client IP address and the user login name, you can determine whether two physical users are using the same login name. If you are charging extranet users by login name, this allows you to identify breaches of extranet user contract. One way to do this is to modify the IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters indicator (see previous section) by adding the User Name object to the table. To modify the IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters indicator: 1. In Auditor click the System Information category. 2. Click the Edit option for the IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters indicator. The report appears in BusinessObjects. 3. Open the Query Panel. 4. From the Actions folder, drag the User Name object to the Result Objects pane, and drop it into the last position. 5. Rerun the indicator. In the report detail above, you can see that a single user name is being accessed from different IP addresses.
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you detect fraud. This business question... Whose passwords have been deactivated? In this category... Opens this indicator... User Information Deactivated Users Users Who Logged Off Incorrectly IP Addresses Accessing my Audited Clusters
Who does not log out correctly? User Information Which IP addresses are being used to access my BI server solution and how often? System Information
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
189
How do I monitor login information?
The predefined indicators in the System Information category provide user login information that enables you to leverage optimal performance from your deployment. This includes: • the number of users who are concurrently logged on during the various hours of a particular day, using the Total Users Concurrently Logged in by Day indicator • the average length of time for which users are logged in, using the Average Session Duration indicator
Monitoring the daily number of logged-in users
To see the number of concurrent logged-in users: 1. In Auditor click the System Information category. 2. Click the Refresh option for the Total Users Concurrently Logged in by Day indicator. A date selection box appears. 3. Enter or browse for the day or days that you want. Select multiple days by holding down the CTRL key. 4. With the Total Number of Concurrent Log on Sessions report tab selected, click Run Query.
How do I monitor login information?
190
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Monitoring the average duration of user sessions
The Average Session Duration per User and the Average Session Duration per Cluster indicators enable you to monitor the average length of time that users are logged on to the system. The Average Session Duration per Host indicator provides an additional piece of important information. Each time a user logs on, a WIQT instance is launched. By default, the WIQT stays in memory for one minute after the last user activity. You can set the time-out in the Administration Console. To monitor the average session duration: 1. In Auditor click the System Information category. 2. Select the Traffic subcategory. 3. Click the Refresh option for the Average Session Duration per User indicator. A date selection box appears. 4. Select the year you want. 5. Click Run Query. Verify that the Average Session Duration in Minutes Over the Year report tab is selected. 6. Click the other report tabs to see more detailed information.
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you monitor login information. This business question... In this category... Opens this indicator... Who does not log out correctly? When was the last time users logged in? What is the average session duration? User Information User Information System Information Users Who Logged Off Incorrectly Last Login for Users Average Session Duration per User Average Number of Users Concurrently Logged In
How many users are on my System system? Information
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
191
How do I monitor the load on my server?
Auditor can display user activity; that is, the number of actions performed by users within a specified period. The Peak Usage indicator provides this information. The number of actions performed differs from the number of users logged in. For example, out of the users who are currently logged in, it is possible that no more than 15% of them are simultaneously performing actions. To monitor the number of actions: 1. In Auditor click the System Information category. 2. Select the Usage subcategory. 3. Click the Refresh option for the Peak Usage indicator, then select the year you want. 4. Click the Number of Action Peaks tab. 5. Click Run Query. This shows you the peak usage times per hour over the course of the year.
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you monitor the load on your server. This business question... What are the most popular actions? What is the average time needed for reports to refresh? In this category... Opens this indicator... User Information Document Management Most Popular Actions Average Refresh Time
How do I monitor the load on my server?
192
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
How do I track the most requested documents?
You can monitor the documents that users are downloading most frequently from Business Objects. Because the predefined indicators differentiate between BusinessObjects documents (*.rep), WebIntelligence 2.x documents (*.wqy), WebIntelligence 6.1 documents (*.wid) and third-party documents, you can see a separate summary for each document type.
Most frequently exported documents
To monitor the most frequently exported documents: 1. In Auditor click the Document Management category. 2. Select the Top 10 & Bottom 10 subcategory. 3. Click the Refresh option for the 10 Most Exported Documents indicator. 4. Click the 10 Most Exported report tab.
Most popular documents loaded into a spreadsheet
The 10 Most Converted to Excel report (10 Most Exported Documents indicator) enables you to monitor the 10 CSV (comma-separated value) documents that users exported most frequently, during a given reporting period. Usually, the most common type of CSV format accessed in Auditor is Microsoft Excel. To monitor the most popular CSV documents: 1. In Auditor click the Document Management category. 2. Select the Top 10 & Bottom 10 subcategory. 3. Click the Refresh option for the 10 Most Exported Documents indicator. 4. Verify that the 10 Most Converted to Excel report tab is selected.
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you track the most requested documents. This business question... What are my 10 most popular documents? In this category... Opens this indicator... Document Management 10 Most Read Documents 10 Most Exported Documents
What are the 10 most frequently Document exported documents? Management
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
193
How do I track the least/most popular documents?
You can use the 10 Least Read Documents indicator to find the ten documents (of any type) for which there have been the least number of actions by selected users within a given period. The information is broken down into the following reports: • 10 Least Read • 10 Least Refreshed • 10 Least Edited The 10 Least Read Documents indicator provides you with a simple way of identifying outdated or redundant documents. You can then archive these documents, thereby freeing space and speeding up the user navigation process. Similarly, the 10 Most Read Documents indicator shows the ten documents for which there have been the most number of actions by selected users within a given period. The information is broken down into the following reports: • 10 Most Read • 10 Most Refreshed • 10 Most Edited To track the least read documents: 1. In Auditor click the Document Management category. 2. Select the Top 10 & Bottom 10 subcategory. 3. Click the Refresh option for the 10 Least Read Documents indicators. 4. Verify that the 10 Least Read tab is selected. 5. Click Run Query.
How do I track the least/most popular documents?
194
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you track the least/ most popular documents. This business question... What are my 10 most popular documents? What are my 10 least popular documents? Which documents have never been opened? How many users have unread documents in their inbox? In this category... Opens this indicator... Document Management Document Management Document Management Document Management 10 Most Read Documents 10 Least Read Documents Documents Never Read Documents Never Read 10 Most Exported Documents
What are the 10 most frequently Document exported documents? Management
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
195
How do I monitor universe hits?
The Most Popular Universes indicator enables you to determine which universes have received the most actions. Then, by creating a similar indicator, you can determine which types of action are being generated. To see the most popular universes: 1. In Auditor click the Universe Management category. 2. Select the Usage subcategory. 3. Click the Refresh option for the Most Popular Universes indicator, and then select the year. 4. Make sure the Most Popular Universes by Month report tab is selected. You can now create a separate indicator for individual universes, to show a detailed breakdown of actions. As an example, we will create an indicator to measure activity in a given universe: 1. In Auditor click the Universe Management category. 2. Click the Add a New Indicator command. The main window of BusinessObjects appears. The New Report wizard also is displayed, if the Run this Wizard at Startup option was selected on the first window of the wizard. If the wizard does not appear, open it by selecting File, New. 3. Using the New Report wizard, select: - Generate a Standard Report - Universe - System Information universe 4. Click Finish. The BusinessObjects Query Panel appears.
How do I monitor universe hits?
196
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
5. Drag the following objects to the Result Objects pane: - Universe Name (Action Details subfolder). Create a condition to be equal to a universe that you want to monitor. - Action YYYY-MM (Action Time folder). Create a prompt for month. - Action Name (Actions folder) - Document Name & Type (Action Details subfolder) - Number of Actions (a measure from the Action Measures folder). - Repository Name (Action Details subfolder). Create a condition to be equal to the constant <name of your domain>. 6. Save and close the Query Panel. 7. In the Slice and Dice Panel, bring the Universe Name and Action YYYY-MM objects into the Section frame. 8. Run the indicator. 9. Give the indicator a name, such as “Repository Action Analysis.” 10. Make any formatting changes you want. 11. Publish the new indicator. 12. Make note of where you publish it because you will need to use it in the next example.
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you monitor universe hits. This business question... Which are the most popular universes? In this category... Opens this indicator... Universe Management Most Popular Universes
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
197
How do I use Auditor for billing?
You can use the indicators in Auditor to help you bill users of your extranet. The types of actions for which you bill depend, of course, on your particular business requirements. However, the universes, objects, and indicators provided by Auditor enable you to set up a wide variety of billing scenarios. For example, you want to charge extranet users $10 per document refresh within the eFashion universe. You can use the indicator in the previous section, Repository Analysis Actions, as a base, section it by user, and limit it to refresh actions only. To create the new report: 1. Access the Repository Action Analysis indicator that you created and published in the previous section. 2. Click the Edit option for the indicator. The indicator appears in BusinessObjects. 3. Open the Query Panel, and then do the following: - Bring in the Action Type object, Actions folder. Create a condition to be equal to the constant “Document Name.” - Bring in the User Name object, Actions folder. - For the Action Name object, already in the Query Panel, create a condition to be equal to the constant “Refresh Document.” 4. Run the indicator. 5. Give the indicator a name, such as “Broadcast Agent Refresh Billing.” 6. Make any formatting changes you want. 7. Publish the indicator under a new name.
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you use Auditor for billing. This business question... In this category... Opens this indicator... Average Number of Users Concurrently Logged In Refresh and Edit Activity
How many users are accessing System my system daily and when is the Information most popular time? Who uses my system the most? System Information
How do I use Auditor for billing?
198
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
How do I perform impact analysis?
The following predefined indicators help you determine the impact of changes made to your data model: • impact Analysis • number of Objects per Document • objects Used in Documents This information enables you to efficiently plan modifications and avoid lengthy investigations into system malfunctions. Examples of these modifications are changing an object name or deleting a universe.
NOTE
Only documents that have already been used appear in these reports. To access the Impact Analysis group of reports: 1. In Auditor click the Universe Management category. 2. Click the Refresh option for the Impact Analysis indicator.
Business questions
The following preset business questions are designed to help you perform impact analysis. This business question... How many objects are in each document? In this category... Opens this indicator... Document Management Objects Used in Documents Impact Analysis Impact Analysis
How many documents do I have Universe in each universe? Management Universe Which documents (already in use) are impacted if I modify an Management object?
Using Auditor to Solve Business Problems
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
199
Index
Symbols
10 least accessed documents 144 10 least exported documents 144 10 least read documents 193 10 most accessed documents 144 10 most exported documents 144, 192 10 most read documents 193 action name object 109 action quarter (with label) object 122 action quarter object 120 action seconds (with label) object 122 action seconds object 120 action time frame (with label) subclass 122 action time object 109 action time subclass 120-121 incompatibilities 127 action type detail (with label) object 109 action type detail object 109 action type object 109 action week (with label) object 122 action week object 120 action year (with label) object 122 action YYYY object 120 action YYYY-MM object 120 action YYYY-MM-DD HHMISS object 120 action YYYY-MM-DD object 120 actions class 109-122 action details subclass 111-116 action measures subclass 117-118 action time frame (with label) subclass 122 action time subclass 120-121 averages subclass 119 actions subclass 79 actions type object 79 activity subcategory 137 last login for user 137 most popular actions 137 number of user sessions 137 number of users in the repository 137 refresh and edit activity 138 user activity 138 user activity per session 138 users who logged off incorrectly 138 activity.unv 161 administration SDK subclass 112-114
A
access rights for indicators 162 action app id object 109 action app object 109 action day (with label) object 122 action day object 120 action DD/MM (with label) object 122 action details subclass 111-116 administration SDK subclass 112-114 browser information subclass 114 document subclass 115 page information subclass 116 action duration object 117 action error id object 109 action HHMISS object 120 action host object 109 action hour (with label) object 122 action hour am/pm object 120 action hour object 120 action id object 109 action measures subclass 117-118 incompatibilities 127 action minutes (with label) object 122 action minutes object 120 action MM/DD (with label) object 122 action month (with label) object 122 action month name (with label) object 122 action month name object 120 action month object 120 action name id object 109
Index
200
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
advanced subclass 103 incompatibilities 108 alias (y or n) object 105 alias information subclass 105 alias table id object 105 incompatibilities 108 analysis subcategory 142-143 document information detail 142 document information summary 142 document size in repository 143 documents never read 143 objects used in documents 143 analytical categories Broadcast Agent analysis 74 description 20 repository analysis 74 system information universe 74 universe domain analysis 74 assigned user groups 44 audit BCA measures class 88 incompatibilities 89 audit database connecting 44 setting up 32 audit database domain 161 audit facility database mode 22 description 22 file mode 22 audit tab 43 Auditor components 20-21 monitoring multiple clusters 57 removing 59-62 uses 19 Auditor files uninstalling 62 average duration object 86 average number of users concurrently logged in 156 average refresh time 145 average session duration 156 average session duration per cluster 155, 190 average session duration per user 155, 190
averages subclass 119 incompatibilities 127, 128 avg action duration (sec) object 119 avg actions per day object 119 incompatibilities 127 avg actions per hour object 119 incompatibilities 127 avg actions per month object 119 incompatibilities 127 avg document size object 119 incompatibilities 127 avg rows retrieved object 119 incompatibilities 127 avg session duration (hour) object 119 avg session duration (min) object 124 incompatibilities 127 avg session duration (month) object 119 avg session duration (sec) object 124 incompatibilities 127, 128 avg session duration (week) object 119 avg users per day object 119 incompatibilities 127, 128 avg users per hour object 119 incompatibilities 127, 128 avg users per month object 119 incompatibilities 127
B
batch id object 78 batch information class 78-81 actions subclass 79 monitoring job information subclass 81 scheduling information subclass 80 BCA & BO server names object 76 BCA id object 76 BCA information class 76-77 BCA name (label) object 76 BCA name object 76 BCA server name object 77 BCA status object 77 bca.unv 161 begin date object 87 begin date time frame subclass 87 begin time object 80
Index
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
201
billing reports business questions 197 creating 197 BO server name (with label) object 77 BO server name object 77 BO version of the submitter object 84 Broadcast Agent tracking usage 186 Broadcast Agent analysis analytical categories 74 audit BCA measures class 88 batch information class 78-81 BCA information class 76-77 bca.unv 161 document information class 82-83 domain 75 incompatibilities 89 predefined universes 75 recipient information class 85 submitter information class 84 time frame class 86-87 universe 76-89 Broadcast Agent analysis universe 161 Broadcast Agent category 151-152 business questions 151, 186 global console subcategory 151 job information subcategory 152 Broadcast Agent usage business questions 186 Broadcast Agents on the system 151 browser information subclass 114 browser type object 114 Business Objects consulting services 11, 13 documentation 10 Documentation Supply Store 9 monitoring use of products 183-185 support services 11 training services 11, 13 business questions all 179-181 Broadcast Agent category 151, 186 Broadcast Agent usage 186 creating 182 creating reports for billing 197
detecting fraud 188 document management category 141 impact analysis 198 information category 136 least/most popular documents 194 monitoring login information 190 monitoring machine access 187 monitoring server load 191 monitoring universe usage 196 monitoring user activity 191 most requested documents 192 system information category 153 universe management category 146 BusinessObjects functionality object 92 BusinessQuery functionality object 92
C
category Broadcast Agent 151-152 description 20 document management 141-143 system information 153-157 universe management 146-150 user information 136-140 category creator object 82, 93 category name object 82, 93 category path object 82, 93 change list display and default home page command set 67 change password command set 67 change viewing and editing technology options command set 67 class actions 109-122 audit BCA measures 88, 89 batch information 78-81 BCA information 76-77 class details 102, 108 condition details 104, 108 connection 99, 100 contexts 106, 108 document information 82-83 documents 93-96, 100 hierarchies 107, 108 joins 106, 108
Index
202
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
object details 103, 108 recipient information 85 session analysis (actions) 123-125 site log info 126 submitter information 84 time frame 86-87 universe 98, 100 universe parameters 101-102 universe tables 105, 108 user 90-92 class description object 102 incompatibilities 108 class details class 102 incompatibilities 108 class hidden object 102 class id object 102 class name (with label) object 102 class name object 102 client ip object 114 client os object 114 cluster id object 109, 123, 126 cluster monitoring 57 cluster name object 109, 123, 126 cluster nodes 157 command set change list display and default home page 67 change password 67 change viewing and editing technology options 67 create indicators 68 definition 65 edit indicators 68 formatting toolbar 68 refresh lists of values 68 run and refresh documents 69 use list of values 69 view SQL 69 command set family document 66 options 67 query and report panel 68 condition description object 104 condition details class 104 incompatibilities 108 condition hidden object 104
condition id object 104 condition name object 104 incompatibilities 108 condition position object 104 condition table name(s) object 104 condition WHERE clause object 104 connection class 99 incompatibilities 100 connection name object 99 incompatibilities 100 connection RDBMS object 99 incompatibilities 100 connection type object 99 incompatibilities 100 consultants Business Objects 11 context id object 106 incompatibilities 108 context join id object 106 context join sql object 106 context join table 1 name object 106 context join table 2 name object 106 context name object 106 contexts class 106 incompatibilities 108 corporate indicators publishing to 164 count BCA jobs object 88, 89 count job expired object 88, 89 count job failed object 88, 89 count job running object 88 count job success object 88, 89 count job suspended object 88, 89 count job waiting object 88, 89 count object 117 count recipients object 85 create indicators command set 68 creating billing reports 197 business questions 182 database views 48 indicators 163-164 creation date object 101 customer support 11 custom-made universes 75
Index
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
203
D
data object 79 data provider name object 96 data provider source object 96 data providers subclass 96 incompatibilities 100 database mode 22 database views creating manually 48 removing 60 date format 76 days of the month object 80 days of the week object 80 deactivated users 139 deleting indicators 172 universes 59 demo materials 9 Designer functionality object 92 Designer user setting privileges 35 destination universe domain 44 detail objects 73 detecting fraud 188 Developer Suite 10, 12 dimensions 73 distribution path object 85 distribution system object 85 document age (hour) object 93 document age (min) object 93 document age (sec) object 93 document category object 82, 93, 115 document command set publish document 66 read corporate documents 66 save document 66 document creation date object 93 document description object 115 document domain creation date object 95 document domain creator object 95 document domain object 93, 95 document domain subclass 95
Document Exporter accessing in UNIX 49 exporting documents 50-51 removing documents with 61-62 document id object 82, 93, 115 document information class 82-83 document information detail 142 document information summary 142 document management category 141-143 analysis subcategory 142-143 business questions 141 properties subcategory 148-149 top 10 & bottom 10 subcategory 144 usage subcategory 145 document name & type object 82, 94 document name (with label) object 115 document name and type object 115 document name object 82, 93 document persistent object 82, 94 document popularity tracking 192, 194 document repository id object 82 document repository name object 82 document size in repository 143 document size object 82, 94, 117 document subclass 115 document type (picture) object 83, 94 document type object 82, 94, 115, 116 document usage 145 documentation CD 9 feedback on 10 on the web 9 printed, ordering 9 roadmap 9 search 9 Documentation Supply Store 9 documents removing 61-62 tracking least/most popular 193-194 tracking most requested 192
Index
204
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
documents class 93-96 data provider subclass 96 document domain subclass 95 incompatibilities 100 received by subclass 96 universe domain subclass 97 documents never read 143 domains audit database 161 predefined universes 75, 161 security 161 universe 161 duration object 96
fraud detection 188 business questions 188 frequency object 80
G
global console subcategory 151 Broadcast Agents on the system 151 group name (administration) object 112 group name object 77, 90 group recipient name object 85 group submit name (with label) object 84 group submit name object 84
E
edit indicators command set 68 education see training end date object 87 end date time frame subclass 87 end user process id object 78 expiration date object 87 expiration date time frame subclass 87 export tab 44-45 exporting documents 50-51 documents manually 52-56 predefined indicators 49-56 universes 36-47 universes manually 47 using Document Exporter 50-51
H
hidden object object 103 hierarchies class 107 incompatibilities 108 number of objects in hierarchies subclass 107 hierarchy id object 107 hierarchy name (with label) object 107 hierarchy name object 107 hierarchy position in universe object 107
I
identification strategy object 90 impact analysis 147, 198 business questions 198 impact analysis subcategory impact analysis 147 predefined indicators 147 incompatibilities action measures subclass 127 action time subclass 127 advanced subclass 108 alias table id object 108 audit BCA measures class 89 averages subclass 127, 128 avg actions per day object 127 avg actions per hour object 127 avg actions per month object 127 avg document size object 127 avg rows retrieved object 127 avg session duration (min) object 127 avg session duration (sec) object 127, 128
F
failed logins object 90 feedback on documentation 10 file mode 22 file name object 98 incompatibilities 100 filename (with label) object 101 filename object 101 first author object 101 formatting toolbar command set 68
Index
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
205
avg users per day object 127, 128 avg users per hour object 127, 128 avg users per month object 127 Broadcast Agent analysis 89 class description object 108 class details class 108 condition details class 108 condition name object 108 connection class 100 connection name object 100 connection RDBMS object 100 connection type object 100 context id object 108 contexts class 108 data providers subclass 100 documents class 100 file name object 100 hierarchies class 108 joins class 108 last action date object 100 last action type object 100 number of log offs object 127 number of session users object 127, 128 number of sessions object 127, 128 object details class 108 object position object 108 object security access level object 108 repository analysis 100 session duration (min) object 127, 128 session duration (sec) object 127, 128 session measures subclass 127, 128 status object 100 system information universe 127 table name (with label) object 108 table/alias name object 108 universe class 100 universe domain 100 universe domain analysis 108 universe name object 100 universe tables class 108 incompatible table object 103, 104
indicators access rights 162 creating 163-164 deleting 172 description 20 exporting 50-51 list of all 133-135 modifying 165-166 predefined exporting 49-56 exporting manually 52-56 publishing 167-169 publishing to corporate 164 restoring 58 saving 170-171 saving as personal 164 inheritance rights object 90 interface impact document command sets 66 options command sets 67 query panel command sets 68 report panel command sets 68 ip addresses accessing my audited clusters 154, 187, 188
J
job description object 78 job duration max object 86 job duration min object 86 job duration object 86 job error code object 81 job error warning or text object 81 job information subcategory 152 job success rate 152 job summary 152 jobs per BCA 152 jobs per frequency 152 jobs per user 152 job platform object 78 job state object 81 job status object 81 job success rate 152 job summary 152 jobs per BCA 152 jobs per frequency 152
Index
206
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
jobs per user 152 join id object 106 join sql object 106 joins class 106 incompatibilities 108 joins per universe 148
log time object 126 login information business questions 190 monitoring 189-190 login users monitoring daily amount 189
K
keyword object 115 Knowledge Base 12
M
max number of columns object 101 max number of lines object 101 max query time object 101 measures 73 modifying indicators 165-166 monitoring average duration of user sessions 190 daily amount of login users 189 login information 189-190 business questions 190 machine access business questions 187 machines accessing the system 187 multiple clusters 57 server load 191 universe usage 195-196 use of Business Objects projects 183-185 user activity 191 monitoring job information subclass 81 most active users 140 most popular actions 137 most popular actions per document 143 most popular universes 150, 195 multimedia quick tours 10 multiple cluster monitoring 57
L
last action date object connection class 99 document class 94 document domain subclass 95 document information class 83 incompatibilities 100 universe domain subclass 97 user class 90 last action object 83 last action start time object 121 last action type object connection class 99 document class 94 document domain subclass 95 document information class 83 incompatibilities 100 universe domain subclass 97 user class 90 last author object 101 last login for user 137 last modify date object 101 last refresh date object 96 last update time object 98 linked universe id object 101 linked universe name object 101 log files 22 log host object 126 log id object 126 log info object 126 log level object 126 log module object 126 log PID object 126
N
number of action details object 117 number of actions object 117 number of classes object 102 number of conditions object 104 number of contexts object 106 number of documents object 83 number of documents used object 117 number of elements object 111 number of hierarchies object 107 number of joins object 106
Index
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
207
number of linked universes object 101 number of log offs object 117 incompatibilities 127 number of logins object 117 number of object instances object 107 number of objects in hierarchies subclass 107 number of objects object 103, 107 number of objects per universe 148 number of rows object 96, 111 number of rows retrieved object 117 number of session users object 124 incompatibilities 127, 128 number of sessions object 117, 124 incompatibilities 127, 128 number of tables object 105 number of universes object 102 number of user sessions 137 number of users in the repository 137 number of users object 117
original database table name object 105 overwrite mode object 78 overwrite object 115 owner/sender object 94
P
page information subclass 116 page range object 116 parameters for export of universes 44 parent group name (administrator) 112 partial indicator object 96 particular conditions object 79 password can change object 112 password checking object 112 password limited validity object 113 password must change object 113 password object 112 password periodic validity object 113 password status object 113 password validity period object 114 peak usage 157, 191 periodicity detail object 80 periodicity object 80 personal indicators saving as 164 predefined indicators activity subcategory 137 analysis subcategory document management category 142-143 description 20 exporting 49-56 exporting manually 52-56 global console subcategory Broadcast Agent category 151 impact analysis subcategory 147 job information subcategory Broadcast Agent category 152 list of all 133-135 properties subcategory document management category 148-149 restoring 58 security subcategory system information category 154 user information category 139
O
object description object 103 object details class 103 advanced subclass 103 incompatibilities 108 object id object 103 object name (with label) object 103, 111 object name in hierarchy object 107 object name object 103, 111 object position in hierarchy object 107 object position object 103 incompatibilities 108 object properties object 103 object security access level object 103 incompatibilities 108 object security level object 112 object table name(s) object 103 object type object 103 objects assessed 150 objects filter object 98 objects used in documents 143 Online Customer Support 11 options command set family 67
Index
208
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
top 10 & bottom 10 user information category 140 top 10 & bottom 10 subcategory document management category 144 traffic subcategory system information category 155-156 usage subcategory document management category 145 system information category 157 universe management category 150 predefined universes 75, 161 activity.unv 161 bca.unv 161 description 21 domains 75, 161 security.unv 161 universe.unv 161 priority (picture) object 78 priority object 78 privileges for Auditor-dedicated Designer user 35 profile name object 114 properties subcategory 148-149 joins per universe 148 number of objects per universe 148 universe information detail 148 universe information summary 149 publish document command set 66 publishing indicators 167-169 to corporate indicators 164
refresh lists of values command set 68 refresh options object 115 removing Auditor 59-62 database views 60 documents 61-62 report bursting feature object 79 report name object 116 reports for billing purposes 197 repository action analysis 197 repository analysis analytical categories 74 connection class 99 documents class 93-96 domain 75 incompatibilities 100 predefined universes 75 security.unv 161 universe 90-100 universe class 98 user class 90-92 repository analysis universe 161 repository name object 111 resource object 90 resource status object 91 restoring predefined indicators 58 row restriction object 98 run and refresh documents command set 69
S
save document command set 66 saving as personal indicators 164 indicators 170-171 scheduling information subclass 80 script options object 79 search documentation 9 security commands subclass 92 security configuration object 92 security domain 161 security domain connection 44 security family object 92 security functionality object 92 security status object 92
Q
query and report panel command set family 68
R
read corporate documents command set 66 received by subclass 96 recipient function object 96 recipient information class 85 recipient name (with label) object 96 recipient name object 85, 96 recipient status object 85 recipient user type object 85 refresh and edit activity 138
Index
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
209
security subcategory deactivated users 139 ip addresses accessing my audited clusters 154 system information category 154 user information category 139 user information detail 139 user information summary 139 user profiles in the repository 139 security tab 41 security.unv 161 SELECT clause object 103 server load monitoring 191 business questions 191 sesn host (user ip) object 123 sesn user (no ’unknown’ users) object 123 sesn user object 123 session analysis (no actions) class 123-125 session measures subclass 124 session time subclass 125 session day object 125 session duration (1 min intervals) object 125 session duration (5 min intervals) object 125 session duration (hour) object 118 session duration (min) object 118, 124 incompatibilities 127, 128 session duration (sec) object 124 incompatibilities 127, 128 session end time object 121, 123 session hour object 125 session id object 110, 123 session measures subclass 124 incompatibilities 127, 128 session minutes object 125 session MM object 125 session quarter object 125 session start object 125 session start time object 121, 123 session time subclass 125 session week object 125 session YYYY object 125 session YYYY-MM object 125 session YYYY-MM-DD object 125
setting up audit database 32 privileges for Auditor-dedicated Designer user 35 site log info class 126 sql file database scripts location 48 names 48 SQL value object 111 start date object 86 start date time frame subclass 86 status object 94, 98 incompatibilities 100 submit date time frame subclass 86 submit datetime object 86 submit name & user profile (label) object 84 submit name & user profile object 84 submitter information class 84 sum document size object 118 supervisor functionality object 92 support customer 11 system information category 153-157 business questions 153 security subcategory 154 traffic subcategory 155-156 usage subcategory 157 system information universe 109-128, 161 actions class 109-122 activity.unv 161 analytical categories 74 domain 75 incompatibilities 127 predefined universes 75 session analysis (actions) class 123-125 site log info class 126 system monitoring 187
T
table 1 name object 106 table 2 name object 106 table id object 105 table mapping object 98 table name (with label) object 105 incompatibilities 108
Index
210
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
table/alias name object 105 incompatibilities 108 table/alias properties object 105 time format 76 time frame class 86-87 begin date time frame subclass 87 end date time frame subclass 87 expiration date time frame subclass 87 start date time frame subclass 86 submit date time frame subclass 86 Tips & Tricks 10 top 10 & bottom 10 subcategory 10 least accessed documents 144 10 least exported documents 144 10 most accessed documents 144 10 most exported documents 144 document management category 144 most active users 140 user information category 140 total size of elements in list object 111 total users concurrently logged in by day 156, 189 tracking least/most popular documents 194 most requested documents 192 the least/most popular documents 193-194 use of Broadcast Agent 186 traffic subcategory 155-156 average number of users concurrently logged in 156 average session duration 156 average session duration per cluster 155 average session duration per user 155 total users concurrently logged in by day 156 training on Business Objects products 11 types of browsers in use 157
U
uninstalling Auditor files 62 universe class 98 incompatibilities 100 universe description object 98 universe domain 161 incompatibilities 100
universe domain analysis analytical categories 74 domain 75 incompatibilities 108 predefined universes 75 universe 101-108 universe.unv 161 universe domain analysis universe 161 class details class 102 condition details class 104 contexts class 106 hierarchies class 107 joins class 106 object details class 103 universe parameters class 101-102 universe tables class 105 universe domain connection 44 universe domain creation date object 97 universe domain creator object 97 universe domain object 97, 98 universe domain subclass 97 Universe Exporter audit tab 43 export tab 44-45 removing database views 60 security tab 41 tabs 37 universe tab 42 using 36-45 universe help text object 102 universe id object 98, 102 universe information detail 148 universe information summary 149 universe management category 146-150 business questions 146 impact analysis subcategory 147 usage subcategory 150 universe name (with id) object 102 universe name (with label) object 102, 111 universe name object 98, 102, 111 incompatibilities 100 universe parameters class 101-102 universe revision object 98 universe tab 42
Index
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
211
universe tables class 105 alias information subclass 105 incompatibilities 108 universe usage 150 business questions 196 universe.unv 161 universes analytical categories 74 Broadcast Agent analysis 76-89 incompatibilities 89 custom-made 75 deleting 59 description 21 exporting 36-47 suggested connections 47 exporting manually 47 monitoring usage 195-196 predefined 75, 161 domains 75 repository analysis 90-100 incompatibilities 100 structure 73 system information 109-128 incompatibilities 127 universe domain analysis 101-108 incompatibilities 108 usage Broadcast Agent 186 usage subcategory average refresh time 145 cluster nodes 157 document management category 145 document usage 145 most popular actions per document 143 most popular universes 150 objects accessed 150 peak usage 157 system information category 157 types of browsers in use 157 universe management category 150 universe usage 150 use list of values command set 69 user activity 138 monitoring 191 business questions 191
user activity per session 138 user class 90-92 security commands subclass 92 user group (with label) object 91 user group object 91 user information category 136-140 activity subcategory 137 business questions 136 security subcategory 139 top 10 & bottom 10 140 user information detail 139 user information summary 139 user level object 91 user name (administration) object 114 user name (target) option 115 user name (with label) object 91, 110 user name object 91, 110 user profile object 91 user profiles in the repository 139 user sessions monitoring average duration 190 user status (picture) object 91 user status object 91 user submit name object 84 user submit type object 84 users who logged off incorrectly 138 Using 131
V
version object 102 view SQL command set 69
W
web customer support 11 getting documentation via 9 useful addresses 12 WebIntelligence functionality object 92 WHERE clause object 103
Index
212
BusinessObjects Auditor Guide
Index
